Volume 44 1977 Number 1

PROCEEDINGS

The Helminthological Society

A semiannual journal of research devoted to r He/mf,nfhoJo0;y and a// "branches of, Parasitology ... . .;.i-. ,,•• , . Supported in part by the , 1' Braytoh^H. Ronsom^Memorial Trust Fund, . ; :-..V |:_ 7- " , ^-i ' 'Subscription $Ti5iOO a Volurne; Foreign, $15.50

^ • •:iy>'."-:- r'/:"-~ '''-,,<—>'"'•<•••^.:.-^v" A;'- :!.'';'''.X^~ ':V CQNTENts !V"; -- PROGRAM OF %HE SbOfh MEETINQ

^ V ?, yThe Control of Parasites: 1 v'

introduction by E. J. L. iSoulsby ,. .„ bx y_.i-j.:_'_-7 ..^.....^...:...

The Role sof the Parasite by Thomas'C. Gheng;.. _..U-^-7c-^—j—~~~ The ARdle ,.of Drugs byvW. C. ^Campbell ; _— T.^ilI-:_. ;„„: 2.. i7 The Role .of the Host by E. J. L. -Soulsby:.^J.....+:...±:±.:^..^..

lV'\- ''• r; •'./';. ;;\ ;.rj-., > '••.'• (Cpnttn«ed on Bocfc Gpoer) . V .-;.,.

A" I ^v;^-/-; *>4\; -" 4-> y ' ^' ,'; ; -}/^i\ <•'. '• •t^vv> "-3v»! 'A'( '.. .. . v ••; oil • - \ i . ,'.,./.'. • •• ; ; i,'-.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington r ! THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON v THE SOCIETY meets once a month, from October throughYM ay for the ^presentation and discussion of papers in,any and all branches ,of parasitblogy or related sciences. All interested persons are invited to attend. ' ~;,.,' ;. - : Persons Interested in membership in the Hehninthplqgical Society of Washington may obtain application blanks from the Recording Secretary, Dr. "Ronald Payer, ." Parasitology Institute, ARS-USDAyx'Beltsville, Maryland 20705. A year's subscription to the Proceedings is included in the :annual dues ($8.00). . ;"") ; - , PFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY FOR 1977 ? i > President: KENDALL G. POWERS / ^ > /-•. Vice\ HARLEYG. SHEFFIELD ; ' ; / , Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer J. RALPH LICHTENEELS; / , / u Assistant Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer: MILFORD N. LUNDE i "s r ^Recording Secretary: RONALD^ PAYER V ;•/ '• "" :r- ./- , V Librarian: JUDITH M. SHAW (1962- ) :^'~:~:',-:': Archivist: JUDITH M. SHAW (1970- ),') - / Representative to:the Washington Academy of Sciences: )ROBERT S. ISENSTEIN (1976- ) Representative'to the American Society of Parasitologists: H'ARllY HERLICH (1975- ) Executive Committee Members-at-Large: JAMES C. BURKE, 1977 / - \ . ,: ;•[.•., ',; V:,'/;-s •''•'^ ! '\L O. JFOSTER> J977 / >.'•.'-•' -:C:'; { ' '••-IK PA;CHECO, 4978 ; LVSCHILLER", 1978

THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ' ' • \- ,- '• "; •..' l'v"' ,-..,- . • :';•. v ' ' \-,' THE -PROG]EEpINGS are published semiannually ;at Lavvrence, Kansas'by the Helmintho- logical Society of Washington. Papers need not be presented at a meeting to be published \in the Proceedings. „_ <, , >/T^ ,;; ^ ' . : >" , > 'MANUSCRIPTSShould be ;sent to the EDITOR, A. James Haley, Department ^f Zoology, University of/Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, Manuscripts must be typewritten, double spaced, and in finished form. The original and two copies are required.,,-Photocopies of "figures ,and drawings may be, siubmitted for review purposes; origihaJls will be i Requested after acceptance'ofxthe manuscript. 'Papers are accepted with the Understanding that they will be ^published only in ,the Proceedings, " •'••; •','•• REPRINTS may be ordered from tiie PRINTER at the same time the corrected proof vis Te'turned to_,the "EDITOR..'', [ ' - {\ '••_x - ;: .^ --- .y < ' . • - ~Q\:, ] ' " r \ 'V;"! ^

-BAGKX VQLUMES of-the Proceedings are available.w Inquiries concerning back volumes and current >sub§cfiptiPns should fee directed to: Helniinthological Society of Washington, c/o Allen Press, Inc., 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, Kansas 66044, U.S,A. BUSINESS OFFJCE. The Socieity's business office is at Lawrence, Kansas. All inquiries, .cohcerriing subscriptions or back issues and all payments for dues,--subscriptions, and back issues should be addressed/to: Helminthological Society of Washington, c/o Allen Press, Inc., 104l New '/Hampshire J5t, 'Lawrence, Kansas 66044, U-S-A. / -/,"^i'\' "•^'.;-^.. EDITORIAL BOARD ; '/•&"/'-. &'

• 4 ' •;! '.. ..r"-« : •* ':: yt ;A. .JAM_ES HALEY, Editor '-y >'_,/• ' '

J^Vi'fe '19^7- -,'-r V>^; :';.,' )-l978 -; /.;;j _. ^f ' -.,;' $Tf : .1979 rf. MURRAY D. DAILEY NEWTON^KINGSTON .DOMINIC DE GIUSTI -JOHN E. HALL . . RALPH I. LICHTENFELS DONALD J. FORRESTER BETTY JUNE MYER^ JOHN S. MACKIEWICZ KENNET^ C. KATES - STEWART C. SCHELL ,. ROBING. OVERSTREET JOHN D; MIZELLE V :A GENXB. SOLOMON , GERALD D. SCHMIDT MARTIN J. ULMER ^ :

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOLUME 44 JANUARY 1977 NUMBER 1

The Control of Parasites The 500th meeting of the Helminthological Society of Washington was held on May 15, 1976, at New Bolton Center, School of Veterinary Medicine, Uni- versity of Pennsylvania. The historical associations for this quincentennial meeting to be held at the University of Pennsylvania were strong; it was the bicentennial year with its focus on Philadelphia; Joseph Leidy the father of American parasitology was a professor at the University and the first Medical School in the country was established in Philadelphia. And yet the event came naturally, in the regular sequence of the monthly meetings of the Society. In the same uncontrived manner it was a consequence that the meeting was devoted to a consideration of the control of parasites; in a way, a self-examination by the Society of the progress it had made after 499 meetings, but more importantly of looking forward beyond the 500th meeting. The process of looking forward, of speculating, of enumerating unsolved problems and of tentatively program- ming for control measures of the future was approached from the holistic inter- relationship of host, parasite and drug symbolized by the three interlocking circles in the logo above. Consideration of the interaction between host, parasite and drug is not new, it was begun long ago by Paul Ehrlich, but we still have the need, frequently, to ac- knowledge Ehrlich's contribution to the understanding of the integrated system. Three papers were presented, Dr. Thomas C. Cheng on the role of the para- site, Dr. William C. Campbell on the role of drugs and Dr. E. J. L. Soulsby on the role of the hosts. These are published in this number of the Proceedings. Collectively, they form a point of departure for new approaches to the control of parasites, since as each contribution shows, it is no longer possible to ignore the interlinkages symbolized by the three circles.—E. J. L. SOULSBY

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The Control of Parasites: The Role of the Parasite1 Uptake Mechanisms and Metabolic Interference in Parasites as Related to Chemotherapy1' THOMAS C. CHENG Institute for Pathobiology, Center for Health Sciences, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania 18015

ABSTRACT: By employing examples selected from among intra- and intercellular protozoan and helminth parasites, the idea that the specific uptake mechanisms of these dependent organisms may select for or against the delivery of drugs is being advanced. Furthermore it is being pointed out that parasiticidal properties of certain drugs may be based on their ability to alter the uptake mech- anisms of parasites. Although not generally considered to be effectual by the pharmaceutical industry, the idea of searching for specialized metabolic pathways unique to parasites and inhibiting these to their detriment is being reemphasized to be a more scientifically challenging approach to the develop- ment of new drugs. Also, the idea of taking advantage of quantitative differences favoring disrup- tion of biochemical and physiological processes in the parasite should be considered in drug de- velopment.

In the control of parasites by employing drug. In view of this, a brief review of the drugs, the selective physiologic vulnerability uptake mechanisms of selected parasites is and chemical receptibility of the parasites play presented. important roles. In other words, ideally, the drug should readily enter and adversely affect Uptake Mechanisms the parasite and at the same time not be dele- INTRACELLULAR PROTOZOANS. The uptake terious to the host. In this contribution I have mechanisms by intracellular protozoan para- attempted to focus in on some of the proper- sites are intimately associated with how they ties of selected parasites which conceivably acquire nutrients. Among members of the could serve to regulate or control their re- classes Telosporea, Piroplasmea, and Zoo- ceptivity to drugs. mastigophorea that are intracellular parasites, Ecologically speaking the host's internal en- there is a cytostome through which molecules vironment is the endoparasite's habitat. Con- from their habitat can be ingested; however, sequently, in order for a drug to enter the among intracellular members of the classes parasite, it must be taken up from its habitat. Microsporea and Haplosporea, such an aperture In the case of most protozoans and astomate is absent and hence other uptake mechanisms helminths, this means molecular uptake must be operative. through the body surface. On the other hand, The cytosomes of telosporeans and piro- in the case of such helminths as the digenetic plasmeans are essentially circular indentations trematodes and nematodes, the uptake of drugs in the pellicle (Fig. 1). When observed en theoretically could occur either as the result face, each cytostome appears as two electron- of ingestion, passage through the body surface, dense concentric rings (Fig. 2), and when or both. Thus the uptake mechanism employed viewed in cross-section, the lining of each by a specific parasite most probably influences cytostome has been interpreted to consist of or governs its selective receptivity to a specific two electron-dense membranes (Fig. 3). The inner of these is continuous with the parasite's surfacial unit membrane while the outer one is attached to the inner one. The diameter of the cytostome varies not only among members of different genera but also among different species of the same genera (Aikawa, 1971).

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 .

Figure 1. Electron micrograph of intracellular sporozoite of Eimeria ninakohlyahimoyae showing cytostome (Ct). (After Kelley and Hammond, 1972). Figure 2. Electron micrograph of en face view of cytostome of trophozoite of Plasmodium cathermcrium (arrow) showing electron-dense concentric rings surrounding aperture. Negative staining technique. (Alter Aikawa, 1967). Figure 3. Electron micrograph of portion of uninucleate trophozoite of Plasmodium cathemerium in- gesting host cell cytoplasm through cytostome (Ct). (After Aikawa et al., 1966).

Nevertheless, the basic architecture is similar Aikawa et al. (1966) and Sterling and Aikawa among telosporeans and piroplasmeans. (1973) have found that the ingested material According to Aikawa et al. (1966), Ham- is taken into the parasitic cell by small vacuoles mond et al. (1967), and Sampson and Ham- pinched off from the cytostomal cavity, and mond (1971), the cytostome only becomes these are subsequently incorporated into a functional after these parasites become estab- digestive vacuole where digestion of the in- lished in their intracellular positions. Further- gested material occurs (Fig, 4). more, there appear to be differences as to Another variation is that found in Leuco- how cytostomes function. For example, Aikawa cytozoon simondi. Sterling and Aikawa (1973) et al. (1967) have reported that in Plasmodium have found that the cytostome in this haemo- elongatum most of the ingested material is sporidian appears to be a transient structure. taken into the parasitic cell by the cytostomal Specifically, they have reported that the cyto- cavity, after which the cavity is pinched off stomal rings are only temporary in this para- from the surrounding host cytoplasm by closure site of birds, being only visible during the of the cytostomal orifice, followed by the for- earliest stages of cytostomal ingestion, and mation of a membrane over the orifice. Sub- disappearing as ingestion advances. Further- sequent to these events, the food vacuole, i.e., more, the digestion of the ingested material the original cytostomal cavity, migrates to and occurs within the cytostomal cavity rather than is eventually incorporated within a digestive in a separate digestive vacuole. vacuole where complete digestion of the in- It is noted that a cytostome does not occur gested material occurs. On the other hand, in in oocysts of any of the members of the class several other species of avian haemosporiclians, Telosporea that have been studied. These

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

,4*.: Figure 4. Ingestion and digestion of host cytoplasm by Plasmodium elongatum. (a) Food vacuole (phagosome) (arrow) migrating to digestive vacuole (Dv). (b) Several food vacuoles (arrows) within a digestive vacuole (Dv). (After Aikawa et al., 1967). oocysts are surrounded by a thick electron- this can occur or not and what the facilitating dense tunic, from the inner surface of which mechanism(s) is are other aspects of cell biology are pinched off small spherical bodies of me- that parasitologists should be concerned with dium electron density (Fig. 5). Terzakis et al. (Fig. 6). For example, it is of interest to spec- (1967) and Vanderberg et al. (1967) have ulate whether macromolecules could also be suggested that these bodies may supply nutri- taken into host cells by phagocytosis if these ents to the oocyst. cells are leucocytes. For example, the host cells Measurements of the cytostomal aperture of of Leucocytozoon simondi are known to be various species of intracellular protozoans that duck leucocytes, which are capable to phago- possess cytostomes in published electron micro- cytosis. graphs by various authors (Aikawa, 1967; It is noted that although the uptake of Aikawa et al., 1967; Kelley and Hammond, molecules via a cytostome has been reported 1972; Sterling and Aikawa, 1973; Aikawa to occur in the exoerythrocytic stages of and Sterling, 1974) have revealed that the Haemoproteus metchnikovi by Sterling and diameters range between 0.05 and 0.25 /xm. DeGiusti (1972) and those of Plasmodium These dimensions are sufficiently large to per- gallinaceum by Aikawa et al. (1968), it re- mit the uptake of molecules of high molecular mains to be ascertained whether this mech- weights, at least as high as 7 X 104 or more. anism occurs in the exoerythrocytic stages of This figure is based on the molecular weight other species of haemosporidians. According of mammalian hemoglobin, which is known to to Hepler et al. (1966), simple diffusion is be taken in by the cytostomes of haemosporid- responsible for the entry of certain molecules ians. Consequently the intake of most drugs into the exoerythrocytic stages of Plasmodium is possible through the cytostomal mechanism. fallax. This mechanism undoubtedly is the one It must be noted, however, that since the cyto- that occurs among the microsporeans and stome is primarily an organelle of intracellular haplosporeans, which are without a surfacial parasitic protozoa; specifically, members of the aperture. Furthermore, simple diffusion may Telcosporea, Piroplasmea, and Zoomastigo- and probably does complement other special- phorea, molecules that are taken in by this ized uptake mechanisms in those species with mechanism by necessity must pass through the a cytostome. It remains unknown, however, surface membrane of the enveloping host cell whether simple diffusion is a useful mechanism before they can reach the parasite. Whether for the uptake of drugs, since the relatively

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977

cytostome pmocytosis

phagocytosis

Figure 6. Diagrammatic drawing illustrating known mechanisms by which intracellular proto- zoans can take in molecules and the lack of in- formation on how such molecules, including drugs, enter the host cell.

cell surfaces. Scalzi and Bahr (1968) and Cox and Vickerman (1966) have demonstrated the occurrence of small pinocytotic vesicles along the surfaces of the erythrocytic merozoites of Plasmodium chabaudi and P. vinckei, although these malarial parasites also utilize cytostomes for uptake. Also, Stehbens (1966) and Snigirevskaya and Cheissin (1969) have dem- onstrated that Lankesterella and Eimeria ap- parently ingest material in the surrounding Figure 5. Electron micrograph of oocyst of parasitophorous vacuole by pinocytosis, respec- Plasmodium berghei showing capsular material tively. It is noted that Hammond et al. (1967) being pinched off from the internal surface (ar- have also reported the occurrence of pinocy- rows). (After Aikawa and Sterling, 1974). totic vesicles along the lining of small V-shaped invaginations in the pellicle of Eimeria auburn- high molecular weights as well as other physio- ensis macrogametocytes. Of course, pinocytosis chemical features, such as surface charges, of could serve as a portal mechanism for the in- these compounds may prevent their passage take of drugs. But, again, since these parasites through membranes by diffusion. are intracellular, the drug must be able to pass While on the topic of surface permeability, through the delimiting surface of the host cell. it is of interest to note that the cidal mechanism One could speculate whether compounds which of certain drugs is known to involve interfer- would inhibit or retard development of cyto- ence with carbohydrate absorption by host stomes and pinocytotic vesicles would be dele- cells or by the parasite surfaces. For example, terious to intracellular parasites and could be Cenedella and Jarrell (1970) have reported considered in chemotherapy. However, before such compounds can be synthesized, we need that 4,4/-diaminodiphenylsulfone is cidal to Plasmodium berghei as a result of disarrange- to know a great deal more about the cell bi- ment of the glucose transport mechanism in the ology of these organelles. membrane of the host erythrocyte. An example EXTRACELLULAR PROTOZOANS. Prior to the of the alternative mechanism has been contrib- discovery by Steinert and Novikoff (1960) uted by Ghosh and Chatterjee (1961) who that there is a "cytostome" in cultured amasti- have reported that the antibiotic nystatin gotes of Tnjpanosoma mega, it was generally possibly interferes with the absorption of essen- thought that this and related extracellular tial exogenous substrates by Leishmania. hemoflagellates took in exogenous materials by Another method by which unicellular para- diffusion through their pellicles. It is now sites may take in molecules of relatively high known, that in addition to absorption, cyto- molecular weight is by pinocytosis along their stomes play a role in uptake. However, the

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Figure 7. Electron micrograph showing cytostome (Ct) of Trypanosoma cruzi (= Schizotrypanum ciuzi) extending deep into the protozoan's cytoplasm. (After Aikawa and Sterling, 1974). Figure 8. Electron micrograph of a portion of the surface of Trypanosoma brucei showing electron- dense noncellular material (arrow) overlaying surface membrane. X 48,000. C, collecting membrane system; M, mitochondrion; N, nucleus; T, collecting tubule. (After Langreth and Balber, 1975). Figure 9. Electron micrograph of a portion of the surface of Leishmania hoogstraali promastigote showing trilaminate cell membrane (in) and subpellicular microtubules (s). The arrows indicate where the microtubules are connected to the endoplasmic reticulum. X 351,000 (After Lewis, 1975). so-called cytostomes of trypanosomes are struc- take. Although no evidence is available at this turally different from those of intracellular time relative to drugs, it would appear that protozoans. Specifically, each cytostome con- this is a possible vehicle for the introduction sists of a cylinder of fibrils that are continuous of such compounds into these extracellular with the pellicular fibrillar system. This in- protozoan parasites. vagination invades deeply into the cytoplasm, As stated, in addition to employing cyto- and the cell membrane delimiting the opening stomes and associated pinocytotic vesicles for to the exterior is depressed, forming a conical the uptake of molecules, absorption through pit (Fig. 7). Most of the length of the tubular the pellicular surface also occurs. Conse- cytostome is filled with cytoplasm. Further- quently, some consideration is being given to more, minute pinocytotic vesicles, each measur- the fine structure of the pellicle of flagellates. ing about 0.2 /xm in diameter, and delimited by In the bloodstream form of trypanosomes a unit membrane, commonly occur along its and most other parasitic flagellates, there is length. Steinert and Novikoff (1960) and sub- a coat of electron-dense noncellular material sequent investigators have demonstrated that overlaying the surface unit membrane (Vicker- ferritin incorporated into the medium will enter man and Luckins, 1969, and others) (Fig. 8). the tubular cytostome and eventually become This layer is not as substantial in the intra- concentrated in these pinocytotic vesicles, thus cellular flagellates, such as the promastigotes indicating that they serve as organelles for up- of Leishmania (Lewis, 1975). In either case,

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977

this surface coat is chemically a polysaccharide plasmic layer known as the tegument, rather considered by Luft (1971) to be a constituent than a noncellular cuticle. Information pertain- of the surface coats of nearly all animal cells. ing to the fine structure of the tegument has The cell membrane is typically trilaminate, and been reviewed by Lee (1966, 1972) and lying immediately beneath it is an array of Cheng (1973), among others. In brief, the longitudinally arranged subpellicular micro- general functional architecture is as follows. tubules (Fig. 9). The exact organization of The digenean tegument is comprised of two these microtubules has been described in Try- zones. The outer zone, which is separated panosoma brucei and T. gambiense by Fuge from the environment by a unit membrane, (1968), and the pattern appears to hold true consists of cytoplasmic syncytium (Fig. .1.0). in other species. There are cross connections Embedded in this layer are mitochondria, between parallel microtubules, and in most endoplasmic reticulum, various types of vacu- species there are "lollipop-like" structures ar- oles, and, in some instances, glycogen granules ranged along the length of the microtubules. and other types of inclusions. According to Brooker (1971), who studied The outer surface is usually thrown into Crithidia fasciculata, these structures are as- folds to form microvilli. These undulations not sociated with the uptake of macromolecules only serve to increase the absorptive surface such as proteins. but pinocytotic vesicles are also formed in As far as I have been able to determine, the crypts between adjacent microvillae which although no mechanistic studies have yet been presumably serve for the intake of large mole- carried out on how drugs enter through the cules and particulate materials. Also embedded pellicle of protozoans, such compounds obvi- in the outer zone of some species are tegumen- ously do, since the story of drug-resistant forms tary spines. These are overlayed with the sur- of extracellular protozoans is well documented. facial plasma membrane and undoubtedly This, of course, would necessitate molecular serve as ancillary holdfast mechanisms in situ. contact between the drug and the organism's The outer syncytial zone is connected by DNA to result in mutations. Furthermore, as cytoplasmic bridges to nucleated cells, known Rohatgi and Krawiec (1973) and Kay et al. as cytons, embedded deeper in the paren- (1974) have demonstrated, such antimicrobial chyma. The cytons, collectively designated as compounds as chloramphenicol and ethidium the inner tegumentary zone, include vacuoles, bromide will enter the pellicle and the mito- endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria, Golgi chonclrial membranes of such protozoans as bodies, glycogen deposits, and various types of Tetrahymena pyriformis to effect morpho- vesicles in addition to the nucleus (Fig. 10). metric changes. Thus, there is little doubt that In the region between the outer and inner the fine structure of protozoan pellicles is tegumentary zones are found several other physiologically associated with the permeation types of tissues. Specifically, lying immediately of molecules, and conceivably could serve as a mediad to the outer tegumentary zone, and mechanism which could influence entry of separated from it by a unit membrane, is a drugs. thin basal lamina. Beneath this are found a DIGENEA. The mechanisms utilized by hel- series of circular muscles and mediad to these minths, including digenetic trematodes, for the are the fasicles of longitudinal muscles (Fig. uptake of materials from their environments 10). have been investigated extensively at the fine Investigations into the chemical composition structural and physiological levels. This, as of the adult cligenean tegument have revealed is the case with protozoans, has come about the presence of glycogen, nonglycogenic poly- primarily because of interest in how these saccharides, lipids, acid mucopolysaccharides, parasites obtain their nutrients. Nevertheless, and mucoproteins (Pantelouris, 1964; Ohman, the discovered uptake mechanisms are equally 1965; and others). The occurrence of acid applicable to other categories of molecules, in- mucopolysaccharides is of particular signifi- cluding drugs. cance since these molecules are known to be It is now "ancient history" that the surfaces capable of inhibiting various digestive enzymes of digeneans are covered with a syncytial cyto- and their presence and possible secretion onto

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

mv

nner zone of tegument

m cv Figure 10. Diagrammatic drawing showing tine structure of the tegument ot a digenetic trematode. bl, basal lamina; cb, cytoplasmic bridge; cm, circular muscle; cv, cytoplasmic vacuole; er, endoplasmic reticulum; g, Golgi apparatus; 1m, longitudinal muscle; m, mitochondrion; mv, microvillus; p, paren- chyma; pv, pinocytotic vesicle; sp, tegumental spine. the body surface may account for why the in- in an essentially liquid environment. It is testinal trematodes are not digested by their noted that information pertaining to the fine hosts' enzymes. structure of the tegument of Schistosoma, both In addition to the chemical entities listed, larval and adult, has been reviewed compre- several enzymes have been detected in the hensively by Hockley (1973). trematode tegument. Both acid and alkaline Scanning electron microscopy has revealed phosphatases have been reported (Yamao, that the surfaces of adult schistosomes are 1954; Lewert and Dusanic, 1961), and ester- different between species as well as between ases have also been detected (Nimmo-Smith sexes. However, all have a basic spongy ap- and Standen, 1963). In certain specialized pearance, i.e., there are ridges and pits (Fig. cases, other hydrolytic enzymes are associated 11). Furthermore, spines are interspersed with certain regions of the tegument. For over the surfaces. When this topography is example, Erasmus and Ohman (1963) have analyzed by transmission electron microscopy, reported the occurrence of aminopeptidase as- the pits have been determined to be tortuous sociated with the body surface in the adhesive channels, which may be branched and inter- organ region of Cyathocotyle bushiensis, a connected (Fig. 12). Hockley (1973), as the caecal parasite of ducks. In this case the result of incubating S. mansoni in colloidal iron enzyme is secreted by underlying cells and is or thorium, has demonstrated that these chan- active in extracorporeal digestion, i.e., the cells nels are open to the exterior, thus providing of the host's caecum are partially predigested a large surface area. It is noted that the outside of the parasite's body prior to inges- schistosome tegument is thinner than that of tion. most other digenetic trematodes, being approx- A few additional words should be said about imately 4 //.m thick in S. mansoni and S. japoni- the tegument of adult schistosomes, which live cum (Morris and Threadgold, 1968; Smith et

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977

to be said about the architecture of the mem- brane overlying the outer tegumental layer of schistosomes. Smith et al. (1969) and Hockley and Mc- Laren (1973) are responsible for the elucida- tion of the structure of the covering plas- malemma of schistosomes. Specifically, al- though the outer membrane, which extends over the entire pitted tegumental surface, has been described as being trilaminate and ap- proximately 10 nm thick, Smith et al. (1969) have found that this membrane in the area of the gynocophoric groove is pentalaminate. This observation has been extended by Hockley and McLaren (1973) who, as a result of fixing specimens of S. mansoni with uranyl acetate, discovered that the surface membrane is es- sentially heptalaminate throughout, and is ap- proximately 17 nm thick. Moreover, the hep- talaminate nature of this membrane has its origin in the schistosomule and persists in the adult. According to Hockley's (1973) reason- ing, the more complex nature of the surfacial membrane suggests that it is less efficient as an uptake surface. The surface membrane of the caeca syncytium is typically trilaminate. It is noted that although it would appear from electron microscopical studies that the caecal cells are more efficient from the stand- Figure 11. Scanning electron micrograph of point of uptake, this hypothesis may apply portion of the tegument of adult male Schistosoma only to macromolecules. Molecules of rela- mansoni showing pits, ridges, and spines. (After tively low molecular weights, including the Hockley, 1973). amino acids glycine, proline, methionine, argi- Figure 12. Transmission electron micrograph of nine, cysteine, glutamate, and tryptophan are body surface of adult male Schistosoma mansoni showing profiles of interconnected tortuous chan- taken into S. mansoni adults primarily through nels. (After Hockley, 1973). the tegument (Asch and Read, 1975b). Furthermore, kinetic studies by Asch and Read have revealed that these amino acids are al., 1969; Silk et al, 1969; Hockley, 1970; taken in by different mechanisms. For ex- Inatomi et al., 1970). For comparison, it is ample, cysteine is taken up solely by diffusion, noted that the tegument of Fasciofa hepatica proline is taken up only by active transport, measures 15-20 /tin thick (Threadgold, 1963). while the other amino acids studied are taken Based on these somewhat specialized fea- up through a combination of diffusion and tures of the schistosome tegument, it was gen- active transport. There is a highly specific erally assumed that, as is the case with other transport locus for proline, and one for acidic species of digeneans, the tegument functions amino acids, and there are probably at least as an absorptive surface. However, Hockley (1973), as the result of comparing the struc- two transport systems for most of the neutral ture of the schistosome tegument with that of amino acids. It is noted that earlier, Asch and its digestive epithelium, i.e., the syncytium Read (1975a) had reported that 80-100% of lining the intestinal caeca, has concluded that glycine and proline are taken up through the the caecal wall is probably more efficient as tegument, and Isseroff et al. (1972) have uptake surfaces. However, a few words need demonstrated that monosaccharides are also

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY primarily taken up through the tegument of formation of small surface outgrowths from S. mansoni. the tegument, followed by increasing vacuola- What has been said about schistosomes tion of the tegument, and the development of relative to uptake probably also holds true larger, balloonlike surface exudates. Eventu- for Fasciola hepatica and other digenetic trem- ally, the host's phagocytic cells become as- atodes since Mansour (1959) has shown that sociated with these exudates, and as de- ligation of the mount of F. hepatica does not generation progresses, the phagocytes infiltrate effect the rate of absorption of glucose, and through the parasite's degenerate tegument, Isseroff and Read (1969) have reported that and invade all of the tissues of the schisto- amino acids are taken up by this parasite some. Standen has expressed the opinion that through the tegument. More recently, Hanna the drug exerts a deleterious effect on the (1976) has reported that the monosaccharid.es permeability and architecture of the parasite's galactose and glucose are also taken up pri- tegument, and as a consequence, the uptake marily through the tegument of F. hepatica. of nutrients through the tegument is partially The point being made is that there is ample or totally inhibited and this leads to the rapid evidence that the teguments of S. mansoni and senescence of the worm. F. hepatica are actively involved in the uptake Bueding et al. (1967) have reported that a of molecules of low molecular weights; how- subcurative dose of tris(p-aminophenyl) car- ever, larger molecules are most probably taken bonium chloride administered to mice infected up through the caecal epithelium. Conse- with S. mansoni results in a reduction in the quently, in delivering drugs, which are com- amount of glycogen in the dorsal tubercles of monly compounds of relative high molecular male worms, and this results in the flattening weights, to schistosomes and liver flukes, con- and eventual disappearance of the tubercles, sideration must be given to the fact that its but there is no direct effect on the tegument. effective uptake can only occur through the Finally, Hockley (1973) has reported that digestive epithelium after ingestion. preliminary electron microscopical studies on It is noted that certain drugs are known to S. mansoni recovered from a monkey 1 hour effect the target helminth parasites by inter- after treatment with the antimonial compound fering with their surfacial uptake mechanisms. Triostam (sodium antimonygluconate) has re- For example, Bueding (1959, 1962) has dem- vealed balloonlike swellings on the outer sur- onstrated that the chemotherapeutic activity face of the tegument. These swellings are 3-4 of alkyldiphenylamines can be explained by /Am in diameter and each is jointed to the their ability to inhibit glucose absorption by normal tegument by an isthmus. The outer Schistosoma mansoni. Similarly, Bueding et al. membrane of the tegument is continuous over (1961) have reported that the therapeutic the swellings, but the inclusions in the tegu- activity of a cyanine dye, dithiazanine, is the mental syncytium do not extend into them. result of its ability to inhibit uptake of glucose A few studies are also available on the ef- by Trichuris vulpis, and Strufe and Gonnert fects of drugs on the tegument of Fasciola (1967) are of the opinion that the cestodecidal hepatica. Dawes (1966a, b, 1967) has re- mechanism of such drugs as dichlorophen and ported that there is vacuolation of the tegument Yomesan most probably is also based on such of this parasite after the rat host had been a phenomenon. treated with Bithinol, and Thorsell and Bjork- At this point it would appear of interest to man (1966) have reported similar vacuolation point out that there is some information avail- of the tegument of this fluke after in vitro able on the effect of drugs on the tegument of treatment with hexachlorophene and its di- schistosomes. Gonnert (1955) has reported methylether. that Miracil D causes the vacuolation of S. The question that must be raised is whether mansoni tegument, Standen (1962) has re- these pathological alterations of helminth tegu- ported that l:7-bis(p-aminophenoxy) heptane, ments after drug treatment represent the direct when injected into S. mansoni-intected mice, effect of the drugs or reflect the moribund causes the parasite's tegument to disintegrate. condition of the worms. That the latter is the Specifically, he found that initially there is the answer appears to be supported by Dawes's

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 11

(1968) finding that the vacuolation was due to usually means the empirical screening of nu- impending death after drug treatment. This merous compounds. For example, according to interpretation is further supported by Dawes's Standen (1967) approximately 250,000 com- (1963, 1964) reports that invasion of the tegu- pounds have been screened as possible anti- ment by host phagocytes occurs when speci- schistosomal drugs. It is usually only when an mens of F. hepatica are weakened by X-irradia- effective drug is found as the result of mass tion. In other words, drug treatment leads to screening that the underlying cidal mechanism chemical changes on the surfaces of these is investigated. The history of the development worms so that they no longer mimic their hosts of chemotherapeutic agents for vaginal tricho- immunologically (Smithers and Terry, 1967, miasis as presented by Jirovec and Petru 1969; Smithers et al., 1969; Damian, 1962, (1968) and that of the development of chemo- 1964), and consequently are recognized as therapeutic agents against Manson's schisto- nonself and are attacked by phagocytes. In somiasis by Pellegrino and Katz (1968) attest conclusion, it may be said that from the limited to this route in parasiticidal drug research. This data available, drugs known to be cidal to is not to say that empirical screening has not schistosomes and liver flukes apparently do led to the discovery of useful drugs. As an cause cytopathological alterations in the para- example, the development of Miracil D, the sites' teguments but these are secondary mani- first metal-free compound which proved to be festations of the moribund condition of the of therapeutic value in human schistosomiasis parasites rather than the direct effect of the (Kikuth et al., 1946; Kikuth and Gonnert, drugs. Therefore, the route of entry of the 1948) came about by modification of Miracil drug into the parasite has not been revealed A, which, in turn, was selected from the screen- by the studies reviewed above. As stated, from ing of about 4000 substances. The discovery other available information, it is hypothesized of Miracil D has led to the synthesis of Hy- that the drugs, all with relatively high molec- canthone (l-N-/?-diethyleminoethylamino-4-hy- ular weights, are taken in orally. droxymethylthioxanthone) (Rosi et al., 1965), In summary, it would appear that in the which, despite the controversy, is in use in formulation of antiparasitic drugs, consideration schistosomiasis endemic areas. should be given to: (1) whether the molecule In this section is reiterated the concept of will permeate the surfaces of the specific para- metabolic interference in the development of site, and (2) whether it will elicit normal func- drugs for chemotherapy of parasitic diseases. tion by the specialized uptake mechanisms of This, of course, requires understanding the re- of the parasite, e.g., cytostomal uptake, pino- lationship between drugs, hosts, and parasites cytosis, and other similar processes. Alter- at the biochemical level. natively, the drug could be of such a nature CHEMOTHERAPY OF PROTOZOAN DISEASES. It that it would interfere with the uptake of es- is not my intent to present a critical review of sential exogenous substrates by the parasite. either the metabolism of protozoan parasites or the available information on chemotherapy of Metabolic Interference protozoan-caused diseases in this section. The first topic has been reviewed brilliantly by von Ideally, the search for new parasiticidal Brand (1973), and Fletcher and Maegraith drugs should involve the finding of new com- (1972) have reviewed what is known in this pounds \vhich would interrupt some critical area about Plasmodium spp. The second topic biochemical pathway in the parasite and at has been reviewed by Peters (1970) and the same time not effect the host deleteriously. others. Rather, it is my intent to reinforce the In other words, a systematic search for meta- thoughts of many how basic understanding of bolic pathways unique to the target parasite the biochemistry of host and parasite could should be conducted. This, of course, as we lead to a more rational approach to the chemo- all recognize, is a long, tedious, and expensive therapy of diseases caused by protozoa. Un- process which cannot guarantee results. Con- fortunately, the development of new drugs sequently, those in pharmaceutical research based on this assumption has yet to become a know that research on parasiticidal compounds reality. From what is known, the primary rea-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY son for this appears to be that the parasites zymes involved in the pentose phosphate path- are biochemically "uncooperative," i.e., al- way. One could go one step further and hy- though qualitative and quantitative differences pothesize that if simplified or abbreviated between the metabolism of host and parasite metabolic shunts are to be found in a host- have been recorded, only a few clear-cut in- parasite association, in most, if not all, instances stances are yet known where the parasite in- the modified pathway would occur in the para- cludes a critical metabolic pathway that is site since in their unique type of niche, para- absent from the host. A few selected examples sites are exposed to restricted amounts of of this situation are presented below. exogenous substrates, as are organisms that sur- Considerable interest has been focused on vive under other types of ecological stress, and the pentose phosphate pathway of Plasmodium this type of selective pressure, in my opinion, spp. and their host cells during the past two favors biochemical change from the complex to decades. Theoretically, it would appear that the simple. Consequently as is well docu- the malaria parasite could have an absolute re- mented by available data (von Brand, 1973), quirement for this pathway since this is the there are few clear-cut examples of the occur- principal, if not the only, pathway for the pro- rence of essential metabolic pathways in para- duction of the pentose sugars essential for sites that are absent in the host. nucleic acid synthesis. In view of the fact that Let us look at an example. It is well known degradation of glucose via the pentose phos- that the classical Embden Meyerhoff glycolytic phate pathway leads to the formation of only pathway leading from carbohydrate to lactic 3 moles of ATP per mole of glucose utilized acid is independent of oxygen and therefore indicates that it is less important as an energy- serves as the principal energy-producing path- producing mechanism than for the provision of way under anaerobic conditions. The wide dis- compounds utilized in various syntheses. tribution of many glycolytic enzymes among Studies by Bowman et al. (1961), Fletcher Tnjpanosoma spp. and Entamoeba histolytica and Maegraith (1962), Bryant et al. (1964), (see von Brand, 1973 for review), and the Herman et al. (1966), Theakston and Fletcher demonstration of phosphorylated glycolytic in- (197la, b), and Luzzatto et al. (1969) all have termediates in trypanosomes clearly indicate suggested that the erythrocytic stages of vari- that their glycolytic sequences are in general ous species of Plasmodium are completely typical of the classical ones. However, if there dependent on the enzyme glucose-6-phosphate- is a lack or a very low level of activity of a dehydrogenase and possibly also 6-phospho- specific enzyme, a modification of the classical gluconate-dehydrogenase of the host cells. glycolytic pathway occurs. For example, the These enzymes are essential for the operation low level of enzymatic activity causing reduc- of the pentose phosphate pathway. The point tion of pyruvate to lactate results in the re- I wish to make is that if it was the other way oxidation of NADH formed during triose oxi- around, i.e., the host cells were dependent on dation, and this process prevents the cessation the parasite's enzymes, then an agent which of glycolysis. Now, among monomorphic try- would block the activities of these enzymes panosomes of the brucei group, little or no could theoretically be employed to inhibit the lactic acid is produced, and phosphoglyceralde- pentose phosphate pathway in the parasite hyde (PGAL) acts as the hydrogen acceptor and this presumably would lead to the death for the reoxidation of NADH, a process leading of both the parasite and the infected cell. to the formation of phosphoglycerol. It is The reversed example cited above serves to known that glycerol is one of the main anaero- illustrate what is meant by the biochemical bic end products of these flagellates, and this "uncooperativeness" of parasites. But then, in molecule is the end product of the metabolism view of the nature of parasitism and the evo- of phosphoglycerol mediated by glycerolphos- lutionary events leading to its development phate dehydrogenase and phosphatase, which (Cheng, 1973), it is not surprising that if bio- enzymes have been demonstrated in these hemo- chemical dependency is to be found in a host- flagellates (Harvey, 1949; Grant and Sargent, parasite relationship, it is the parasite that is 1960). In view of this, theoretically, an in- dependent on host erythrocytes for certain en- hibitor of glycerolphosphate dehydrogenase

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 13

AMP ATP+P-, carboxylase, the NAD-linked malate dehydro- (PPDK) genase, and malic enzyme could be amoebi- cidal. o ' ^NADPH p. !•> <" CHEMOTHERAPY OF HELMINTHIC DISEASES. H » ppi ~E V "? ^^ Few examples are available of major metabolic E£ V + " (D V NADP differences between helminths and their hosts c°2\6 ^X ^002 (see Bryant, 1970, for review). On the other hand, there appears to be some differences in rwalaretatfi (MDH) >• malatp the sensitivities of certain helminth enzymes NADH NAD and their counterparts in their hosts. This, of Figure 13. Interrelationship between the en/ymc- course, could be capitalized upon in the de- niediated steps involved in glycolysis in Entamoeba velopment of drugs; for example, the inhibi- histolytica. PPDK, phosphoenolpyruvic carboxy- tion of schistosome phosphofructokinase by transphosphorylase; PCTP, phosphopyruvate car- antimonials. Saz and Bueding (1966) have boxylase; MDH, malate dehydrogenase. demonstrated that this enzyme from schisto- somes differs from that of mammals in sen- and phosphatase would block the liberation of sitivity to antimonials, with the former being glycerol to the detriment of these parasites. more so. This is most probably the basis for Another example is considered at this point. chemotherapeutic properties of such anti- In most organisms that produce lactic acid, monial compounds as potassium antimony phosphoenolpyruvate is transformed into pryu- tartrate, stibophen, and others. Trivalent anti- vate via a pathway mediated by pyruvate monials are efficient in inhibiting phospho- kinase as follows: fructokinase in these parasites, and this enzyme pyruvate is known to control the rate of glycolysis in kinase schistosomes. Therefore, this is generally con- Phosphoenolpyruvate + ADP < sidered to be the cidal mechanism of anti- pyruvate + ATP monials, although these drugs may also affect other mechanisms essential for the survival of This enzyme, however, is lacking in Entamoeba the parasites (Bueding, 1959). histolytica, and the transformation is accom- It is noted that Cu++ is more effective at plished as a result of mediation by pyruvate- inhibiting succinic dehydrogenase activity of phosphate ligase (AMP, phosphoenolpyruvic Ascaris than of the mollusc Biomphalaria carboxytransphorylase), which requires inor- glabrata (Cheng, unpubl.). This fact is being ganic pyrophosphate as the substrate. This is mentioned because it also serves to exemplify illustrated by the following: the concept that enzymes that catalyze the Phosphoenolpyruvate + AMP + PPj *± same process in different species of can pyruvate + ATP + P, be different in their sensitivities to inhibitors. The presence of the essential pyrophosphate is It is also of interest to note that Cu++ will retard assured by the occurrence of the enzyme the normal development of larval Schistosoma phosphopyruvate carboxylase, which catalyzes mansoni in. Biomphalaria glabrata when in- the formation of pyrophosphate and oxalacetate fected snails are exposed to 60 ppm of Cu in the form of CuSO4 for 20 hours (Cheng, un- from phosphoenolpyruvate, CO2, and inorganic phosphate. In conjunction with phosphopyru- publ. ). Although the mechanism for this vate carboxylase, pyruvate and oxalacetate are phenomenon remains uninvestigated, it is, produced from glucose and CO2. The oxal- nevertheless, of interest to note that both anti- acetate subsequently is converted to malate mony and copper, are schistosomidal. Since by a NAD-linked malate dehydrogenase, and the cupric ion is essentially nontoxic to mam- malate is converted to pyruvate by a NADP- mals, except for sheep, at low concentrations, linked malate dehydrogenase known as the i.e., in concentrations of parts per million, malic enzyme. The interplay of the four en- perhaps studies to determine the chemothera- zymes is depicted in Figure 13. Thus, theo- peutic properties of copper compounds should retically, the introduction of inhibitors for be carried out. As far as I have been able to pyruvatephosphate ligase, phosphopyruvate ascertain, such studies have not been done.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Of course, the inhibition of enzymes in chick-embryo liver as observed electron mi- helminths is not always brought about by croscopically. Am. I. Trop. Med. Hyg. 17: metals. Tetramisole and thiabendazole, both 156-169. nonmetal-containing drugs, interfere directly Asch, H. L., and C. P. Read. 1975a. Trans- with fumarate reductase activity in Ascaris and tegumental absorption of amino acids by male Schistosoma mansoni. J. Parasit. 61: Haemonchus (van den Bossche and Janssen, 378-379. 1967, 1969; Prichard, 1970). , and . 1975b. Membrane trans- Finally, brief consideration is being given to port in Schistosoma mansoni: transport of another mechanism by which certain drugs amino acids by adult males. Exptl. Parasit. cause the death of helminths. It is known that 38: 123-135. succinate production in Ascaris is considerably Bowman, I. B. R., P. T. Grant, W. O. Ker- reduced when treated with piperazine. Bued- mack, and D. Ogston. 1961. Metabolism ing et al. (1959) have shown that this is not of Plasmodium berghei, the malaria parasite due to direct inhibition of one of the metabolic of rodents. II. An effect of mepracrine on the metabolism of glucose by the parasite sepa- steps leading to the production of succinate. rated from its host cell. Biochem. J. 78: Rather, it is due to the fact that piperazine in- 472-478. duces paralysis of the nematodes and this Brooker, B. E. 1971. The fine structure of lowers their energy requirements. Crithidia fasciculata with special reference to In conclusion, my intent has been to point the organelles involved in the ingestion and out that the formulation of effective drugs digestion of protein. Z. Zellforsch. Mikrosk. against parasites could depend on a variety of Anat. 116: 532-563. factors among which (1) entry into the para- Bryant, C. 1970. Electron transport in parasitic site and that portion of the host harboring the helminths and protozoa. Adv. Parasit. 8: 139-172. parasite, (2) alteration of the uptake surface Bryant, C., A. Voller, and M. J. H. Smith. of the parasite, (3) inhibition of some special- 1964. The incorporation of radioactivity ized metabolic pathway unique to the parasite, from glucose-14C into the soluble metabolic and (4) quantitative differences favoring in- intermediates of malaria parasites. Am. J. hibiting of some biochemical or physiological Trop. Med. Hyg. 13: 515-519. process in the parasite are important ones. Bueding, E. 1959. Mechanisms of action of ADDENDUM (added in proof). Since the submission of schistosomicidal agents. J. Pharm. Phanna- this paper, A. B. Clarkson Jr. and F. H. Brohn (1976. col. 11: 385-392. Science, 144:204-206) have published an excellent ex- ample of selective destruction of Trypanosoma brucci . 1962. Effects of benzylic diamines on bntcei in the mammalian host by salicyl hydroxamic acid Schistosoma mansoni. Biochem. Phannacol. and glycerol based on differences in host and parasite carbohydrate metabolism. 11: 17-28. Bueding, E., H. J. Saz, and G. W. Farrow. Literature Cited 1959. The effect of piperazine on succinate Aikawa, M. 1967. infrastructure of the pellic- production by Ascaris lumbricoides. Br. J. ular complex of Plasmodium fallax. J. Cell Pharmacol. Chemother. 14: 497-500. Biol. 35: 103-113. Bueding, E., E. Kmetec, C. Swartzwelder, S. . 1971. Plasmodium: The fine structure Abadie, and H. J. Saz. 1961. Biochemical of malarial parasites. Exptl. Parasit. 30: effects of dithiazanine on the canine whip- 284-320. worm, Trichuris vulpis. Biochem. Pharmacol. Aikawa, M., and C. R. Sterling. 1974. Intra- 5: 311-322. cellular Parasitic Protozoa. Academic Press, Bueding, E., E. L. Schiller, and J. G. Bourgeois. New York. 1967. Some physiological, biochemical and Aikawa, M., P. K. Hepler, C. G. Huff, and morphologic effects of tris (p-aminophenyl) H. Sprinz. 1966. The feeding mechanism carbonium salts (TAG) on Schistosoma man- of avian malarial parasites. J. Cell Biol. 28: 355-373. soni. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 16: 500-515. Aikawa, M., C. G. Huff, and H. Sprinz. 1967. Cenedella, R. J., and J. J. Jarrell. 1970. Sug- Fine structure of the asexual stages of Plas- gested new mechanisms of antimalarial ac- modium elongatum. J. Cell Biol. 34: 229- tion for DDS (4,4'-cliaminodiphenyl sulfone) 249. involving inhibition of glucose utilization by , , and . 1968. Exoerythro- the intraerythrocytic parasite. Am. J. Trop. cytic stages of Plasmodium gallinaceum in Med. Hyg. 19: 592-598.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 15

Cheng, T. C. 1973. General Parasitology. Aca- Gonnert, R. 1955. Schistosomiasis-studien I. demic Press, New York. Beitriige zur anatomic und histologie von Cox, F. E. G., and K. Vickerman. 1966. Pino- Schistosoma mansoni. Z. Tropenmed. Parasit. cytosis in Plasmodium vinckei. Ann. Trop. 6: 18-33. Med. Parasit. 60: 293-296. Grant, P. T., and J. R. Sargent. 1960. Prop- Damian, R. T. 1962. A theory of immunose- erties of L-a-glycerophosphate oxidase and lection for eclipsed antigens of parasites and its role in the respiration of Trypanosoma its implications for the problem of antigenic rhodesiense. Biochem. J. 76: 229-236. polymorphism in man. J. Parasit. 48 (2, Sect. Hammond, D. M., E. Scholtyseck, and B. Cho- 2): 16. botar. 1967. Fine structures associated with . 1964. Molecular mimicry: antigenic nutrition of the intracellular parasite Eimeria sharing by parasite and host and its conse- auburnensis. J. Protozool. 14: 678-683. quences. Am. Nat. 98: 129-150. Hanna, R. E. B. 1976. Fasciola hepatica: a Dawes, B. 1963. Death of Fasciola liepatica L. light and electron microscope autoradio- weakened by X-irradiation. Nature 200: graphic study of incorporation on monosac- 620-630. charides into glycogen and glycoprotein. Ex- —•. 1964. A preliminary study of the pros- ptl. Parasit. 39: 204-213. pect of inducing immunity in fascioliasis by Harvey, S. C. 1949. The carbohydrate metab- means of infections with X-irradiated meta- olism of Trypanosoma hippicnm. ]. Biol. cercarial cysts and subsequent challenge with Chein. 179: 435-453. normal cysts of Fasciola hepatica L. Parasi- Hepler, P. K., C. G. Huff, and H. Sprinz. tology 54: 369-389. 1966. The fine structure of the exoerythro- . 1966a. Some apparent effects of Bithi- cytic stages of Plasmodium fallax. ]. Cell onol ("Actamer") on Fasciola hepatica. Na- Biol. 30: 333-358. ture 209: 424-425. Herman, Y. F., R. A. Ward, and R. H. Her- . 1966b. Experimental fascioliasis: some man. 1966. Simulation of the utilization of effects on Fasciola hepatica of treatment of glucose-l-14C in chicken red blood cells in- rat hosts with Bithionol ("Actamer"). Hel- fected with Plasmodium gallinaceum. Am. T- minthologia 7: 297-307. Trop. Med. Hyg. 15: 276-280. . 1967. Experimental fascioliasis in small Hockley, D. J. 1970. An Ultrastructural Study mammals: apparent effects of bithionol on of the Cuticle of Schistosoma mansoni Sam- Fasciola hepatica in rats. Helminthologia 8: bon, 1907. Ph.D. Thesis, University of 97-101. London. . 1968. Further evidence on the effect . 1973. Infrastructure of the tegument of Bithionol ("Actamer") on Fasciola hepa- of Schistosoma. Adv. Parasit. 11: 233-305. tica. Wiadomosci Parazytol. 14: 575-577. Hockley, D. J., and D. J. McLaren. 1973. Erasmus, D. A., and C. Ohman. 1963. The Schistosoma mansoni: changes in the outer structure and function of the adhesive organ membrane of the tegument during develop- in strigeid trematodes. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. ment from cercaria to adult worm. Intl. J. 113: 7-35. Parasit. 3: 13-25. Fletcher, K. A., and B. G. Maegraith. 1962. Inatomi, S., Y. Tongu, D. Sakumoto, S. Suguri, Glucose-6-phosphate and 6-phosphogluconate and K. Itano. 1970. Ultrastructure of hel- dehydrogenase activities in erythrocytes of minths. 3. The body wall of Schistosoma ja- monkeys infected with Plasmodium knowlesi. ponicum. Acta. Med. Okayama 24: 205-224. Nature 196: 1316-1318. Tsseroff, H., and C. P. Read. 1969. Membrane — , and . 1972. The metabolism of transport. VI. Absorption of amino acids by the malaria parasite and its host. Adv. Para- fascioliid trematodes. Comp. Biochem. Phys- sit. 10: 31-48. iol. 30: 1153-1159. Fuge, H. 1968. Zum Feinbau des Periplasten Isseroi'f, H., M. Tunis, and C. P. Read. 1972. under der Geissel in Trypanosoma brncei und Changes in amino acids of bile in Fasciola Trypanosoma gambiense. Z. Zellforsch. Mi- hepatica infections. Comp. Biochem. Phys- krosk. Anat. 89: 201-211. iol. 41B: 157-163. Ghosh, B. K., and A. N. Chatterjce. 1961. Jirovec, O., and M. Petru. 1968. Trichomonas Action of an antifungal antibiotic, nystatin, vaginalis and trichomoniasis. Adv. Parasit. on the protozoa Leishmania donovani. I: 6: 117-188. Studies on the metabolism of Leishmania Kay, E., K. Rohatgi, and S. Krawiec. 1974. donovani. Ann. Biochem. Exp. Med. 21: Morphometric studies of mitochondria in 307-322. Tetrahymena pyriformis exposed to chloram-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

phenicol or ethidium bromide. J. Protozool. Pochard, R. K. 1970. Mode of action of the 21: 608-612. anthelmintic thiabendazole in Haernonchus Kelley, G. L., and D. M. Hammond. 1972. contortus. Nature 228: 684-685. Fine structural aspects of early development Rohatgi, K., and S. Krawiec. 1973. Some of Eimeria ninakohlyakimovae in cultured effects of chloraphenicol and ethidium bro- cells. Z. Parasitenk. 38: 271-284. mide on Tetrahymena pyriformis. J. Proto- Kikuth, W., and R. Gonnert. 1948. Experi- zool. 20: 425-430. mental studies on the therapy of schistosomi- Rosi, D., G. Peruzzotti, E. W. Dennis, D. asis. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 42: 256-267. A. Berberian, H. Freele, and S. Archer. Kikuth, W., R. Gonnert, and H. Mauss. 1965. A new active metabolite of Miracil 1946. Miracil, ein neues Chemotherapeuti- D. Nature 208: 1005-1006. cum gegen die Darmbilharziose. Naturwis- Sampson, J. R., and D. M. Hammond. 1971. senschaften 33: 253. Ingestion of host-cell cytoplasm by micro- Langreth, S. G., and A. E. Balber. 1975. Pro- spores in Eimeria alabamensis. J. Parasit. tein uptake and digestion in bloodstream and 57: 1133-1135. culture forms of Trypanosoma bnicei. J. Pro- Saz, H. J., and E. Bueding. 1966. Relations tozool. 22: 40-53. between anthelmintic effects and biochemi- Lee, D. L. 1966. The structure and composi- cal and physiological mechanisms. Pharma- tion of the helminth cuticle. Adv. Parasit. 4: col. Rev. 18: 871-894. 187-254. Scalzi, H. A., and G. F. Bahr. 1968. An elec- • . 1972. The structure of the helminth tron microscopic examination of erythrocyte cuticle. Adv. Parasit. 10: 347-379. stages of two rodent malarial parasites, Plas- modium chabaudi and Plasmodium vinckei. Lewert, R. M., and D. G. Dusanic. 1961. Ef- J. Ultrastruct. Res. 24: 116-133. fects of symmetrical diamiondibenzylalkane Silk, M. H., I. M. Spence, and J. H. S. Gear. on alkaline phosphatase of Schistosoma man- 1969. Ultrastructural studies of the blood soni. J. Inf. Dis. 109: 85-89. fluke—Schistosoma mansoni I. The integu- Lewis, D. H. 1975. Ultrastructural study of ment. S. Afr. J. Med. Sci. 34: 1-10. promastigotes of Leishmania from reptiles. J. Smith, J. H., E. S. Reynolds, and F. von Lich- Protozool. 22: 344-352. tenberg. 1969. The integument of Schis- Luft, J. 1971. Ruthenium red and violet fine tosoma mansoni. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. structural localization in animal tissues. Anat. 18: 28-49. Rec. 171: 369-400. Smithers, S. R., and R. J. Terry. 1967. Re- Luzzatto, L., E. A. Usanga, and S. Reddy. sistance to experimental infection with Schis- 1969. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase tosoma mansoni in rhesus monkeys induced deficient red cells: resistance to infection by by the transfer of adult worms. Trans. Rog. malarial parasites. Science 164: 839. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. 61: 517-533. Mansour, T. E. 1959. Carbohydrate metab- , and . 1969. Immunity in schisto- olism of the liver fluke Fasciola hepatica. somiasis. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 160: 826-840. Biochem. Biophys. Acta 34: 456-464. Smithers, S. R., R. J. Terry, and D. J. Hock- Morris, G. P., and L. T. Threadgold. 1968. ley. 1969. Host antigens in schistosomiasis. Ultrastructure of the tegument of adult Proc. Roy. Soc. B 171: 483-494. Schistosoma mansoni. ]. Parasit. 54: 15-27. Snigirevskaya, E. S., and E. M. Cheissin. 1969. Nimmo-Smith, R. H., and C. P. Standen. The function of micropore at endogenic de- 1963. Phosphomonoesterases of Schistofioma velopmental stages of Eimeria intestinalis mansoni. Exptl. Parasit. 13: 305-322. ( Sporozoa, Eimeriidae). Protistologica 5: Ohman, C. 1965. The structure and function 209-214. of the adhesive organ in strigeid trematodes. Standen, O. D. 1962. Observations in mice on V. Diplostomum spathaceum Braun, 1893. the schistosomicidal properties of 1:7 bis (p- Parasitol. 55: 481-502. aminophenoxy) heptane in vivo and in vivo/ Pantelouris, E. M. 1964. Localization of gly- in vitro. In "Bilharziasis" (G. E. W. Wol- cogetv in Fasciola hepatica L. and an effect stenholme and M. O'Connor, eds.) pp. 266— of'insulin. J. Helminth. 38: 283-286. 286. Churchill, London. Pellegrino, J., and N. Katz. 1968. Experi- . 1967. Laboratory evaluation of schis- mental chemotherapy of scliistosomiasis man- tosomicidal substances. Trans. Roy. Soc. soni. Adv. Parasit. 6: 233-290. Trop. Med. Hyg. 61: 563-570. Peters, W. 1970. Chemotherapy and Drug Re- Stehben, W. E. 1966. The ultrastructure of sistance in Malaria. Academic Press, London. LankestereUa hylae. J. Protozool. 13:63-73.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 17

Steinert, M., and A. B. Novikoff. 1960. The associated structures of Fasciola hepatica. existence of a cytostome and the occurrence Quart. J. Microsc. Sci. 104: 505-512. of pinocytosis in the trypanosome, Trypano- Thorsell, W., and N. Bjorkman. 1966. In soma mega. }. Biophys. Biochem. Cytol. 8: vitro studies on the effect of hexachlorophene 563-569. and its dimethylether on the liver fluke Fas- Sterling, C. R., and M. Aikawa. 1973. A ciola hepatica L. Z. Parasitenk. 28: 116- comparative study of gametocyte ultrastruc- 124. ture in avian Haemosporidia. J. Protozool. Van den Bossche, H., and P. A. J. Janssen. 20: 81-92. 1967. The biochemical mechanism of action Sterling, C. R., and D. L. DeGiusti. 1972. of the anthelmintic drug tetramisole. Life Ultrastructural aspects of schizogony, mature Sci. 6: 1781-1792. schizonts, and merozoites of Haemoproteus , and . 1969. Biochemical mech- metchnikovi. J. Parasit. 58: 641-652. anism of action of the antinematoclal drug Strufe, R., and R. Gonnert. 1967. Influence tetramisole. Biochem. Phannacol. 18: 35-42. of drugs on the metabolism of the tape- Vanderberg, J., J. Rhodin, and M. Yoeli. worm. Z. Tropenmed. Parasit. 18: 193-202. 1967. Electron microscopic and histochem- Terzakis, J. A., H. Sprinz, and R. A. Ward. ical studies of sporozoite formation in Plas- 1967. The transformation of the Plasmo- modium berghei. ]. Protozool. 14: 82-103. dium gallinaceum oocyst in Aedes aegypti Vickerman, K., and A. G. Luckins. 1969. Lo- mosquitoes. J. Cell Biol. 34: 311-326. calisation of variable antigens in the surface Theakston, R. D. G., and K. A. Fletcher. coat of Trypanosoma hrncei using ferritin- 197la. Electron cytochemical study of glu- conjugated antibody. Nature 224: 1125- cose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase activity in 1127. erythrocytes of malaria-infected mice, mon- Von Brand, T. 1973. Biochemistry of Para- keys and chickens. Life Sci. 10: 701-711. sites. 2nd ed. Academic Press, New York. •, and . 1971b. Ultrastructural lo- Yamao, Y. 1954. Histochemical studies on en- calization of NADH- and NADPH-dehydro- doparasites. V. distributions of the glycero- genases in the erythrocytic stages of the ro- monophosphates in the tissues of flukes, dent malaria parasite, Plasmodium berghei. Eurytrema coelomaticum, E. pancreaticum, Life Sci. 9: 421-428. Dicrocoeliiim lanceatum and Clonorchis sinen- Threadgold, L. T. 1963. The tegument and sis. J. Coll. Arts. Sci. Chiba Univ. 1: 9-13.

The Control of Parasites: The Role of Drugs1

W. C. CAMPBELL Merck Institute for Therapeutic Research, Rahway, New Jersey 07065

". . . the play is the tragedy 'Man', are the prevailing social and political forces in and its hero, the Conqueror Worm" the case of man, and the husbandry practices Edgar Allan Poe in the case of domestic animals. Of the mech- anisms invoked intentionally to reduce para- Poe's words were allegorical rather than sitism, biological control and vaccination have parasitological; but parasite control might be played roles that have been overshadowed by regarded, in large measure, as an attempt to the role of chemotherapy. It seems likely that strip the worm of its role as conqueror. antiparasitic drugs will continue to be of im- Undoubtedly the major extrinsic factors in portance for some time. determining the extent and degree of parasitism Antiparasitic drugs actually play many roles —not just because there are many drugs, but because one drug in its time plays many parts. Some are general roles—the parts played by

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Table 1. Productivity of Merino sheep from age Despite the very evident immunogenicity of 6 months to age 18 months (50 sheep per group, the infection, vaccination has not become a all groups grazed together). Anthelmintic B has significant means of control; and it has been broader spectrum than A, and greater activity the role of the antiparasitic drugs to make against immature worms. Both drugs were ad- ministered monthly. From Gordon, 1963. feasible the modern intensive production of an important food animal. % sheep of In helminthiasis we have to a lesser, but 70 Ih or % fleeces over at 18 Wool showing still significant extent, moved from the use of months per head defective drugs for the salvage of sick animals to the Treatment old Ib. wool prevention of disease. This is accomplished Controls — no not by continuous chemoprophylaxis but by anthelmintic treatment 16 6.7 32 tactical treatment (administration of drugs Anthelmintic A 35 7.4 14 whenever local conditions make a buildup of Anthelmintic B 62 7.9 4 parasitism seem likely) or strategic treatment (administration of drugs according to a sched- ule based on the epidemiological conditions drugs in the overall scheme of parasite control prevailing in a given region). Quite suddenly, —and I shall say a little bit about those. There as these things go, we no longer hear of dev- are innumerable specific roles: this drug kills astating outbreaks of acute fascioliasis in the Haemonchus in sheep, that drug kills Ancylo- United Kingdom, or of haemonchosis in Aus- fitoma in man, and so on. I am not going to tralia. More important, perhaps, than the pre- say anything about those roles. They have been vention of overt disaster is the prevention of recounted many times in recent years. There the more subtle deleterious effects of parasitism are specific roles of another kind—the biochem- on the quantity and quality of livestock prod- ical roles. I do want to say something about ucts. In either case, anthelmintics, too, are those, partly because they are not often pulled currently playing the role of enhancer of agri- together in one place, but mostly because I cultural production. Obviously the increase in want to end by discussing how they might productivity is easy to demonstrate under con- relate to the discovery of tomorrow's anti- ditions favorable to clinical parasitism, and parasitic drugs. becomes more difficult and more controversial under conditions where parasitism is very much subclinical. An example of enhanced produc- The Role of Drugs in tivity may be found in the work of Gordon Livestock Parasitism (1963); some of his data are given in Table 1. Although I will be focusing attention on I want, however, to go beyond such well- helminth infections, the general role of drugs documented effects and to consider a more in controlling parasitic diseases in domestic recent and more comprehensive examination of animals is perhaps best illustrated by the the subject. situation in coccidiosis. Since the introduction Only in recent years have attempts been of medicated diets for the control of coccidiosis made to determine whether the increased pro- in 1948, it has been virtually axiomatic that an ductivity associated with drugs necessarily re- effective coccidiostat is indispensable for suc- sults in economic benefit. Just last month a cessful intensive production of chickens—this, paper appeared that is, I think, a striking ex- mind you, in a parasitic situation in which im- ample of how parasitological and economic munity to reinfection is easily demonstrated studies can be combined and focused on this under both experimental and field conditions. point (Anderson et al, 1976). These workers Indeed the natural immunological protection determined the economic returns from 2 is exploited in conjunction with chemo- strategic schemes of helminth control in therapy, and the poultryman, in this day of weaned lambs in Western Victoria, Australia; sophisticated agriculture, takes a great interest and they compared these with returns from in the degree to which a given coccidiostat flocks without a treatment scheme and, in part, will permit the development of natural im- with flocks subjected to unusually intensive munity, especially in replacement chickens. treatment. The economic analysis included

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 19

Table 2. Maximum financial return (given favorable economic conditions) from flocks of lambs with no treatment schedule, a "traditional" strategic schedule, a "critical" strategic schedule, or an intense (biweekly) schedule. From Anderson, et al. 1976.

Maximum return ( Australian dollars ) None Traditional Critical Intensive Gross return per 100 sheep 1029 1115 1205 1441 Net return per 100 sheep* 1023f 1097 1186 1271 Percent return on cost of treatment:!: — 617 1254 151 * Gross return minus cost of treatment. t Lambs received one treatment to control clinical parasitism. :j: Cost in addition to cost of single treatment in flocks with no treatment schedule. extrapolation of data to years in which eco- The Role of Drugs in nomic conditions were more favorable or less Parasitism of Man favorable than the year in which the data were collected. The figures in Tables 2 and 3 have First we must remember that antiparasitic been extracted from the wealth of information drugs have played, and continue to play, a life- in this paper to illustrate the following points. saving role. I seem to recall from some intro- (1) All schemes of anthelmintic treatment gave ductory textbook that visceral leishmaniasis better livestock production than no treatment was about 95% fatal before the introduction scheme, and thus a higher gross financial re- of antimonial drugs, and about 95% nonfatal turn. (2) Under favorable economic condi- afterwards. The lifesaving role of the anti- tions, all treatment schemes also gave a higher malarial drugs needs no elaboration. Control net return. Thus treatment always made eco- of morbidity on a population basis has also nomic sense, although the intensive (biweekly) been of importance in protozoal and helminthic treatment was not nearly so profitable as the infections, but it must be admitted that the more judicious schemes. (3) Under unfavor- overall success rate has been disappointingly able economic conditions, both strategic treat- low, and the need for effective strategic control ment schedules were economically advantage- remains distressingly great. ous; but biweekly treatment resulted in The incentives of the marketplace ensure a financial loss in the face of production gains. steady search for new antiparasitic drugs for Thus it can be seen that anthelmintics can use in livestock, but the situation is less reassur- add plumpness not only to the carcass but also ing with respect to mankind. On the one hand to the purse; and that the financial rewards there is the lowly pinworm, parasitizing the are more or less proportional to the enlighten- posteriors of our progeny, doing it in all climes ment of the designer of the control program. and, most important, affecting the rich as well

Table 3. Minimum financial return (given unfavorable economic conditions) from flocks of lambs with no treatment schedule, a "traditional" strategic schedule, a "critical" strategic schedule, or an intense (biweekly) schedule. From Anderson, et al. 1976.

Minimum return (Australian dollars) None Traditional Critical Intensive Gross return per 100 sheep 333 368 398 451 Net return per 100 sheep* 327f 351 379 281 Percent return on cost of treatment:!: 200 400 -28 * Gross return minus cost of treatment. t Lambs received one treatment to control clinical parasitism. ± Cost in addition to cost of single treatment in flocks with no treatment schedule.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Table 4. Probable mode of action of common Today—The Challenge and the Opportunity" anthelmintics (from the literature). Compiled in (Anonymous, 1975a). It discusses three tropi- collaboration with Dr. M. H. Fisher. cal diseases with a combined prevalence of 600 million cases, and three other very serious 1. Neuromuscular anthelmintics a. Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors but less common diseases of man. Five of dichlorvos these six diseases are caused by protozoa or trichlorfon b. Choline mimetics helminths. The report stresses the urgent need bephenium thenium for a coordinated research program aimed at hycanthone the development of better control measures for c. Neuromuscular depolarizers methyridine these diseases. In the program proposed by pyrantel morantel WHO, "task forces" of internationally reputed d. Neuromuscular hyperpolarizers scientists will define the needs, and plan and piperazine e. Ganglion stimulants direct scientific operations to meet those needs. levamisole The operations will be carried out by a "net- 2. Inhibitors of fumarate reductase work" of medical school and institutional lab- thiabendazole cambendazole oratories in the tropics, mostly in Africa. The objective is to discover, develop and make 3. Inhibitors of glucose uptake mebendazole available on a large scale, new and better pyrvinium dithiazanine remedies for these diseases before the end of styrylpyridinium the century. This strategy is indeed admirable, 4. Inhibitors of glucose metabolism but are the tactics sound? antimonials In commenting on the WHO report, Smith 5. Disruptors of glycogen metabolism (1976) has pointed out that even if new drugs niridazole and vaccines are developed, they will have 6. Uncouplers of oxidative phosphorylation rafoxanide little impact in disease control in developing clioxanide countries unless major efforts are made to oxyclosanide niclosamide solve the practical problems associated with bithionol hexachlorophene their use under field conditions. That is true, nitroxynil but unfortunately there is a more immediate 2,4-dinitrophenol aspidixim oleoresin cause for concern. It seems to me that the 7. Inhibitors of dihydrofolate reductase WHO proposal does not offer the best oppor- suramin tunity for discovering the needed new drugs; 8. Others and that is a subject to which I shall return. bitoscanate tetrachlorethylene phenothiazine organo-arsenic Biochemical Roles of Antiparasitic Drugs To review very briefly the biochemical roles as the poor. Sad to relate, the amount of of antiparasitic drugs, I have put them in cate- money spent for the treatment of pinworm gories, in collaboration with Dr. M. H. Fisher, probably is more or less inversely proportional as shown in Table 4. It must be emphasized to its importance as a pathogen. On the other that the actual mode of action is rarely if ever hand there are the many serious parasitic in- known with certainty. Of the many effects re- fections that plague the underdeveloped na- ported in the literature, those listed in the table tions, especially those in tropical regions. Good seem at this date to be the most likely mech- drugs are available for some of these diseases anisms of anthelmintic action. but not for others. The commercial incentives In the first category there is a large group for the development of new drugs for these of anthelmintics that interfere with nervous diseases are, at best, uncertain. What can be control of muscle function, either at the neuro- done about them? muscular junction or at the nerve ganglion. The World Health Organization recently Some, such as the organophosphates, inhibit published an important, and already widely the deactivation of acetylcholine by acetyl- quoted, document entitled "Tropical Diseases cholinesterase. Others, such as bephenium and

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 thenium, mimic this effect by usurping the the dihydrofolate reductase of the worm is acetylcholine receptor site, and thus foiling the more sensitive to the drug than is the isoen- esterase. Others interfere with neuromuscular zyme of man. Mel W has an antimitotic effect transmission by altering the electric charge of on the embryogenesis of filarial worms, and the nerve cell membrane—either depolarizing this apparently causes the death of adult fe- it, in the case of methyridine, pyrantel, and males. Hycanthone is an intercalator of DNA morantel, or hyperpolarizing it, in the case of of bacterial origin, but there is no informa- piperazine. The former action makes the tion as to whether it has a similar effect on worms uptight, while the latter makes them schistosome DNA. It has recently been pro- floppy. The final item in this category is posed that it is an acetylcholine blocker with levamisole, which probably acts directly on the a special affinity for the acetylcholine of schis- nerve ganglion—producing a paralysis that is tosomes. For some drugs, such as the classic self-limiting in vitro. Levamisole also inhibits tetrachlorethylene and phenothiazine, there is fumarate reductase (but it paralyzes worms no convincing evidence of a biochemical mode that lack this enzyme) and inhibits alkaline of action. phosphatase and acetylcholinesterase in mam- malian test systems. What Roles Do We Want Most of the benzimidazole anthelmintics Drugs to Play? probably kill nematodes by inhibiting their Foremost on the long list of desirable proper- fumarate reductase, thereby blocking carbo- ties of an anthelmintic is efficacy against the hydrate metabolism. When the enzyme is ex- target helminth or group of helminths. By tracted from benzimidazole-sensitive Haemon- this we usually mean that we want the drug chus, it is inhibited by thiabendazole in vitro; to kill the worms. I believe we should think but this is not the case when the enzyme is less about that. Worms that are merely para- obtained from benzimidazole-resistant strains lyzed reversibly in the intestinal tract may be of the same worm. passed from the host before they can recover, Mebendazole apparently blocks carbohydrate so that a direct lethal action is not necessary. metabolism in a way that is quite different It is less often appreciated that such sublethal from that of other benzimidazoles. Through effects are probably sufficient in some extra- inhibition of glucose uptake, or interference intestinal parasites. Schistosomes which are with some later step, there is a marked deple- merely dislodged from the mesenteric vessels tion of glycogen. There is also a rapid disrup- and swept into the liver will in many cases fail tion of secretory organelles in the tegument to recover, and their gradual demise in the liver of cestodes and in the intestinal cells of nema- sinuses may be even more desirable than their todes and these changes could well account sudden destruction in the vessels. But I am for the death of the worms. The cyanine dye thinking of something other than slow versus anthelmintics also inhibit the uptake of ex- fast destruction of worms. Some diseases of ogenous glucose, and probably act differently medical and veterinary importance are due al- in aerobic and in anaerobic worm species. most entirely to the reproductive products of The antimonial compounds interfere with the worms. Prominent examples are schistoso- glucose metabolism in schistosomes by inhibit- miasis and trichinosis. In both cases the adults ing phosphofructokinase. The enzyme of the are known to be relatively harmless (except schistosome is more sensitive to such inhibition when, present in very large numbers) and in- than is the isoenzyme of the host. Niridazole deed they may confer on the host some degree disrupts the glycogen metabolism of susceptible of immunity against reinfection. We would schistosomes by inhibition of two essential en- almost entirely suppress the pathogenicity of zymes. these worms if we were to suppress their A large group of anthelmintics, consisting reproduction. As it happens, in both cases we mainly of salicylanilides, bis-phenols and nitro- know of chemicals that will do precisely that— phenols, probably act as uncouplers of oxida- nicarbazin, thiosinamine, dapsone and others in tive phosphorylation. Thus they block energy the case of schistosomiasis (Campbell and production. Cuckler, 1967; Machado et al., 1970; Davies Suramin probably kills Onchocerca because and Jackson, 1970; Pellegrino and Katz, 1975)

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY and thiabendazole in the case of trichinosis "There is little doubt—given time, sufficient (Campbell and Guelder, 1964). In the case resources and the harnessing of modern molec- of schistosomiasis the chemosterilizing drugs ular biology, chemistry and immunology into have not been put to practical use, but the well balanced laboratory teams—that the de- potential for this general approach in schisto- sirable new drugs and vaccines can be discov- somiasis seems to warrant much more attention ered." Two thoughts come to mind. First, we than it has received. In the case of trichinosis have not in fact been given much time, if we opportunities for use of such a drug would be are to meet the WHO deadline of the end of very limited because the disease is usually the century. Second, I share Smith's confi- diagnosed after the progeny have been pro- dence that the harnessing of molecular biology, duced. Yet the principle has actually been biochemistry and immunology will eventually put into practice with apparent success (Ger- give us the vaccines we need, but I do not wel et al., 1974). Among several people who think it will give us the drugs we need in the were known to have eaten heavily contam- meantime. How then should we look for new inated pork, there was one who had eaten it antiparasitic drugs? completely raw and who had eaten a whole This is the part that will make you wince. pound of it (containing an estimated 11,500 I'll come right out with it. I am a great be- larvae). That person was in grave danger— liever in massive empirical screening. I am yet treatment prevented any serious illness in especially delighted this afternoon to have the that person or his less indulgent colleagues. opportunity to speak to so reputable an audi- The point I wish to make is not that chemo- ence on a subject thought by so many to be so sterilization of Trichinella is of great conse- disreputable. quence (except in special cases) but that we It seems to me that those who oppose empiri- should think carefully of the type of efficacy cal screening and favor the so-called rational that could be most useful for whatever para- approach do so largely because they find the sitic diseases we have in our sights. There idea of screening intellectually humiliating. seems to be no general agreement on the type This attitude may arise in part from a lack of drug (if any) that would be most useful in of incentive to evaluate the two approaches dis- the strategic control of hydatid disease or passionately. The incentive in terms of finan- cysticercosis. We take for granted that it cial grants (to say nothing of professional es- would be desirable to kill paramphistosomes in teem and advancement) is to focus on the sheep, preferably the immature fluke in the rational approach and indeed to exclude any small intestine. Do we stop to wonder whether notion of empiricism. we could block its pathogenicity by inducing There is one category of anthelmintic re- the immature fluke to migrate prematurely to searcher that we can readily dismiss. They are the rumen? Suppose that grazing cattle had a those academicians who (taking an attitude rumen "bullet" (of the type used for bloat attributed to E. Y. Davis [Leake, 1976]) ap- control) that released a nonabsorbed com- parently regard an anthelmintic as something pound that either caused Fasciola cysts to ex- that, when put into a parasitized animal, pro- cyst in the rumen or prevented their subsequent duces a scientific paper. Not surprisingly, the excystment in the duodenum. We might then chemotherapeutic papers of such workers are prevent all clinical phases of fascioliasis and often rubbish—the scientific acumen of the be free of drug-related tissue residue and milk authors having been betrayed by their lack of residues into the bargain. For all of our serious interest in the subject matter. I was recently verminous diseases we should earnestly seek intrigued to discover a similar exasperation on some subtle alternative to the direct vermicidal the part of the editor of a journal devoted not approach. to livestock health, but to human LeaJth. It How Should We Look for New appeared to him that "one of the more popular Antiparasitic Drugs? ways to achieve a research publication is to persuade a pharmaceutical company to supply, Let us return for a moment to Smith's com- free of charge, a quantity of a new—or a fre- ments on the WHO proposal for disease control quently not so new—preparation, then give in the tropics (Smith, loc. cit.). Smith says, this to a number of patients who may or may

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 23 not be suitably chosen, make up some tables of and devised a drug to exploit that difference results, hazard a chi square confirmation of to the detriment of the worm. Would we be scrappy results and, finally, proclaim in print heroes? Probably not, because the probability is a wonder drug with a most unlikely cure rate" high that the drug would do something else (Anonymous, 1975b). besides damaging the worm; and the probabil- But my quarrel is with the serious and dedi- ity is high that that something else would be cated chemotherapists who are committed to a Bad Thing. It seems to me that we would be the "rational approach" to the discoveiy of guilty of arrogance were we to assume that useful new anthelmintics. They are by no means we could predict the total impact of any novel limited to academic and governmental labs, biodynamic substance on the host. Inevitably, but are even now hard at work in industrial the more novel the prospective drug, the more labs (surrounded by empiricists of all sorts helpless we are in predicting all its effects. and conditions). While the greatest danger is the rational selec- The rationalist hopes that by studying the tion of a chemical structure that turns out to basic physiology and biochemistry of helminths, have unsuspected host toxicity, the converse he will discover a means to disrupt those pro- also imposes a limit on the potential success of cesses selectively and thereby provide a novel the rationalist. The knowledge that dietary chemotherapeutic agent. He may find that a thiamine is required for the health of poultry worm has a high requirement for some sub- might well have dissuaded one from proposing stance that the host does not require at all. a thiamine antagonist as a continuous dietary He would then select known antagonists or medication for poultry coccidiosis. Fortunately, competitors of that substance for therapeutic neither the anti-thiamine action of amprolium trials, or he might design entirely new mole- nor the dependence of coccidia on exogenous cules for the same purpose. He may find in a thiamine was known when amprolium was dis- helminth a metabolic step that is not known to covered as a coccidiostat! Thus, because of our occur in the host species—or, better yet, that present and future inability to predict all the is known not to occur in the host species. The effects, good and bad, of a new chemical struc- enzyme responsible for a particular metabolic ture, the rationalist takes a big chance. step in the helminth may be qualitatively or But chance is supposed to be what empirical quantitatively different from the enzyme con- screening is all about! Chance, of course, plays trolling the same step in the host. Whatever a part in all scientific research (and has been the difference, the objective of the therapist is particularly prominent in most of the particu- a chemical that will disrupt the metabolism of larly important scientific advances). It plays the parasite but not that of the host. a larger than usual role in experimental chemo- Now what is wrong with all of that? Some therapy, but on the whole I think that the role say that what was wrong in the past was our it plays in empirical screening is no whit infinitesimally small knowledge of helminth greater than the role ascribed to it above in the biochemistry; that the situation is improving rational approach. (The glaringly obvious ele- constantly; and that we must strive for greater ment of chance in blind screening in vivo is and greater knowledge to give us more and offset to a slight extent by the fact that one more chemotherapeutic targets to shoot at. I'll gets at least a crude indication of differential go along with the idea of greater basic informa- toxicity right off the bat.) tion giving more targets, but I think this is The other thing that gives screening a bad not the important point. No, the trouble with name is its routine aspect. What is often for- the whole scheme is not just our inadequate gotten is that a bioassay is simply a sorting knowledge of parasite biochemistry or host bio- device, as is a fractionation column, an ammo chemistry. The big problem is our lack of acid analyzer, or a computer program for any knowledge of the hypothetical drug. Suppose kind of data analysis. A scientist who spends we discovered almost everything about the all of his time cranking the handle of a chemo- metabolism of Trichostrongylus axei, and al- therapeutic assay is mistaking the tool for the most everything about the metabolism of Bos trade. So is any other scientist who is too busy taurus (we can never discover everything); collecting data to have time to do anything and suppose we selected a metabolic difference with them. Nor does the problem lie in the

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY fact that the chemotherapist appears to use so employ empiricism, not because future suc- little of the data that goes through his sorting cesses are guaranteed but because they are machine. After all, the work that lead to the probable and because we can influence their discovery of quasars involved in the collection probability. of astronomical numbers of (astronomically) It seems to me that the WHO report to uninteresting astronomical facts. The chemo- which I have referred fails to take into account therapeutic empiricist must concentrate on the these aspects of drug discovery. There are, of nature of the bioassay to be used and on the course, strong arguments for placing the effort results that come out of it. As in other fields, in non-industrial laboratories in non-industrial he may use an assay that has previously been nations. The WHO is undoubtedly right in established; he may wish to devise a novel saying that solutions developed in the tropics assay; or he may have to devise a novel assay. would be more acceptable in the tropics. The decision is of crucial importance; and if Further, commercial organizations find little or new methodology is to be involved, the exer- no commercial incentive for tackling the dis- cise may be scientifically demanding. eases in question. Yet, because of the inherent A good example of the rational exploitation frailties of the proposed "task force" and "net- of empirical screening is the tetramisole story. work" system, we must continue the search for Anthelmintic screening has traditionally been an acceptable alternative approach to the im- carried out in mice or rats, but the original mense problem of tropical disease. predecessor of tetramisole (the initial lead) It is a question of probabilities; and I believe was inactive against helminths in these animals. the probability of finding the drugs needed by Fortunately, the screening in this case had the developing nations could be increased by actually been carried out in chickens in which bringing the industrial-type of drug screening this predecessor was apparently active (Raey- into the overall picture. Under some circum- maekers et al., 1966). As it turned out, it was stances non-commercial agencies can mount a the chicken, not the scientist, that synthesized prodigious screening effort, such as the anti- the anthelmintic. But it was the scientist who malarial program of the United States govern- discovered it, who postulated, sought and iden- ment (Kinnamon and Rothe, 1975). Alterna- tified in the feces of treated chickens a metab- tively it should be possible to develop a system olite active in mammals; and it was the scientist in which private industry would do the screen- who made a more active analog of the metab- ing and primary evaluation of drugs, while the olite, and who found a less toxic isomer of the further evaluation and development of prom- analog. Another important example is the ex- ising candidates would be assigned to the "task ploitation of the early thioxanthone lead to forces" and "networks" of the nonindustrial yield hycanthone—a development that made sector. In this way the balance between invest- use of the chemical prowess of a mold (Archer ment risk and potential profit might be tipped and Yarinsky, 1972). Although these two ex- in favor of a really intensive industrial screen- amples involved nonhuman chemistry in un- ing program. It would not be easy to put usual ways, it must be remembered that it is such a dual (industrial and nonindustrial) ap- the work of the human chemist that is of proach into practice but it seems to me that paramount importance in these and all other such an approach offers the only hope for examples of the exploitation of empirical leads. achieving reasonable control reasonably soon. Virtually all modern anthelmintics represent I hope no one will come to the conclusion vast improvement over initial discoveries—im- that I am disparaging the value of biochemi- provement achieved by an elaborate interplay cal research with respect to the chemotherapy of molecule manipulation and biological evalua- of parasites. I would emphasize its value. In tion . the first place, the high odds against the ratio- Perhaps the biggest thing that empiricism nal approach do not mean that the approach has going for it is its past success. So far as I should not be tried. (In any case the urge to know, all antiparasitic and antibacterial drugs try it is irresistible.) But the greater value of had their origin either in empirical screening biochemical research in chemotherapy lies else- or in a chance observation made in the clinic where. or in the laboratory. We should continue to One of the roles played by antiparasitic

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 25

similar PABA analogs were tested in coccidiosis (Rogert et al., loc. cit.). In contrast to the situation in bacteria, they not only worked but some of them were many times more potent than the sulfonamides (and a derivative of one of them, ethopabate, became a highly success- ful commercial coccidiostat). Here, knowledge of the mode of action of empirically discovered coccidiostats led to the testing (and thence to the discovery) of a drug that was therapeu- tically more effective. Note that the rationale Figure 1. Major metabolic steps in the bio- rested on the mere presumption that folic acid genesis of i'olic acid in bacteria and probably in synthesis in coccidia was the same as in bac- coccidia. teria. Actually, the mode of action of the newer drug is probably not quite the same as that of the original. It is true that the activity of etho- drugs is that of educator. The study of empir- pabate is reversed by the addition of PABA to ically discovered drugs has taught us far more the diet of infected chickens; and it is possi- about basic chemotherapeutic mechanisms than ble that (in chickens on a normal diet) etho- has basic study of the parasites themselves. pabate simply blocks the reaction between This is not only important in terms of the pteridine and PABA (Step A in Figure 1). progress of biological science (a worthy end in However, it is considered more likely that etho- its own right) but opens the way for the semi- pabate blocks Step B, i.e., that, in competi- rational approach to chemotherapy. While tion with PABA, it reacts with pteridine to form the triumphs of this method have been few the ethopabate analog of dihydropteroic acid; and far between, the principle is clear and and that this analog (2'-ethoxydihydropteroic attractive: empirical discovery of a drug is acid) is sterically incapable of being coupled followed by elucidation of its mode of action, to glutamic acid to form dihydrofolic acid which in turn provides a basis for looking for (Rogers et al., loc. cit). other compounds that will achieve the same The next step in the folic acid pathway therapeutic effect while yielding benefits in (Step C in Figure 1) may be the Achilles' heel terms of improved spectrum, efficacy, patent- for many parasites, yet so far it has apparently ability or whatever. Often this approach leads been struck only by the arrows of the empir- to the serendipitous discovery of compounds icists. Jaffe (1972) has recently reviewed the having radically different therapeutic effect, presence of dihydrofolate reductase in para- but sometimes it works as intended. A particu- sites and their differential sensitivity to folate larly pertinent type of semirational approach is analogs and "antifol" drugs such as pyrimeth- the antimetabolite attack exemplified by the amine and trimethoprim. He cited the de- work of Hitchings (1972) and Rogers et al. tection of dihydrofolate reductase in plasmodia, (1964) in bacterial and protozoal infections but trypanosomes, schistosomes, Nippostrongylus apparently not yet used successfully against brasiliensis, and four genera of filarial worms. helminths. The reductase of Onchocerca volvulus turns out Once it became known that the antibacterial to be highly sensitive to inhibition by suramiii— activity of sulfonamides was due to antagonism offering a possible retrospective explanation of of the bacterial metabolite p-aminobenzoic acid the clinical efficacy of suramin in the treatment (PABA), attempts were made to achieve sim- of onchocerciasis in man. Even more recently, ilar antagonism and similar therapeutic efficacy the enzyme has been detected in coccidia thus by using analogs of PABA, such as 4-amino-2- offering a retrospective biochemical explana- chloro beiizoic acid (Wyss et al., 1943). In- tion of the action of pyrimethamine in avian deed such analogs were effective to some ex- coccidiosis (Wang et al., 1975). tent against some bacteria. Because of this, Obviously there is a continuous gradation and because sulfur and sulfonamides were between empirical and rational methods, and known to be active against coccidia in chickens, the so-called "semirational" approach can in

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

might then have designed or selected chemical structures with this property, or have screened randomly for structures with this property. In doing so one might well have discovered some of the more potent benzimidazoles that have in fact appeared. The trouble with that kind of approach is that one tends to find drugs that are basically similar to the original in terms of C3H70 efficacy, though they are likely to be different (for better or worse) in other respects. They are, therefore, likely to share weaknesses as well as strengths in therapeutic spectrum, and to share problems of drug resistance. But the most instructive aspect of this hypothetical ex- ample of semirational drug development, is that one would not have discovered the one benzimidazole anthelmintic that does differ radically from the original. Mebendazole apparently does not inhibit the fumarate reductase of Haemonchus (Prichard, 1973). Consider three examples of benzimida- zole anthelmintics (Figure 2). All share the Figure 2. Chemical structure of thiabendazole basic benzimidazole structure, but it is at once (top), oxibendazole (middle), and mebendazole apparent that thiabendazole is very different (bottom). from oxibendazole and from mebendazole, while the latter two compounds are very sim- ilar to each other. Yet in terms of anthelmintic practice have either a low or a high ratio of spectrum I believe it is fair to say that thia- empirical to rational content. The antimetab- bendazole and oxibendazole are more similar olite method has been developed by Hitchings than oxibendazole and mebendazole. It is re- (1972) and by Rogers (1976) into a general ported that mebendazole acts by inhibiting approach to therapeutic problems. Once a glucose uptake (Van den Bossche, 1972). Dr. parasite metabolite is known (whether identi- R. O. McCracken, working in my laboratory fied as a result of drug studies or not), known with Hymenolepis diminuta, observed a drastic or suspected antagonists may be tested as depletion in glycogen content following me- chemotherapeutic agents. The degree of ratio- bendazole treatment, but was unable to nality in a particular case depends on the demonstrate an inhibition of glucose uptake specificity of the available information. Com- (suggesting an impaired glycogenesis or gly- pounds may even be screened randomly for cogenolysis). We are thus confronted with the antagonism to a given metabolite. Further, possibility that a group of chemically related compounds known to be antimetabolites in one compounds might contain anthelmintics that biological system may be tested "empirically" in operate in two entirely distinct ways; and that a system in which a role for the metabolite in a given drug might affect different helminths question has not been demonstrated. Thus in entirely different ways. empirical and rational components can be over- We need to know how the existing drugs lapping and mutually reinforcing. work—not to get more of the same, but to get The semirational approach has its own more understanding. We need insight into the hazards. It has been proposed (as already in- host parasite relationship so that we can select dicated) that the anthelmintic activity of thia- radically different and exciting targets for the bendazole derives in some way from its inhibi- empiricists to shoot at. The practical utility tion of fumarate reductase in the parasite of discovering the site-location mechanism of (Prichard, 1973). The effect of the drug on a helminth within the host would probably not this enzyme can be demonstrated in vitro. One lie in the design of a molecule that would block

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 27 that mechanism—but in the creation of a Literature Cited screening assay to detect compounds that Anderson, N., R. S. Morris, and I. K. McTag- would block that mechanism. We need to gart. 1976. An economic analysis of two know why some members of a worm popula- schemes for the antlielmintic control of hel- tion are not removed by a treatment that re- minthiasis in weaned lambs. Aust. Vet. J. moves most of them. Many years ago Stoll 52: 174-180. (1962) cautioned us against the presumption Anonymous. 1975a. Tropical diseases today— that it is desirable to remove 100% of the the challenge and the opportunity. World worms present. We have not yet come to grips Health Organization. Geneva, 1-15. with that problem (perhaps the drug-resistance Anonymous. 1975b. Editorial. J. Trop. Med. and immunity components of the problem are and Hyg. 78: 193. in conflict). We need to know about extrinsic Archer, S., and A. Yarinsky. 1972. Recent developments in the chemotherapy of schis- factors that affect the success of treatment. tosomiasis. Progress in Drug Research 16: About 100 years ago, the renowned Kuchen- 11-66. meister examined his own feces for pinworm for Campbell, W. C., and A. C. Cuckler. 1964. 329 successive days, and correlated his findings Effect of thiabendazole upon the enteral and with the phases of the moon in order to de- parenteral phases of trichinosis in mice. J. termine the best time for treatment (Kuchen- Parasit. 50: 481-488. meister, 1857). We need to follow his example and . 1967. Inhibition of egg —in principle. We need biochemical exploita- production of Schistosoma mansoni in mice tion of the innumerable mysterious observations treated with nicarbazin. J. Parasit. 53: 977- that fly from the empiricist's benchlike sparks 980. from a blacksmith's forge. Usually they fade Davies, P., and H. Jackson. 1970. Experimen- tal studies on the chemosterilization of Schis- away without igniting any interests on the part tosoma. mansoni. Parasitol. 61: 167-176. of those who could best make use of them. Gerwel, C., Z. Pawlowski, W. Kociecka, and L. Most new observations of antiparasitic efficacy Chodera. 1974. Probable sterilization of do not lead to useful new drugs—but they Trichinella spiralis by thiabendazole: fur- might teach us a great deal. This is especially ther clinical observation of human infections. so when high therapeutic efficacy is exhibited In: Kim, C. W. (editor) Trichinellosis. In- by a chemical that is relatively simple and bio- text Educational Publishers. New York. 471- chemically well characterized. Similarly we 475. might learn much from a chemical that kills Gordon, H. McL. 1963. The efficiency of new one species but not another of the same genus, anthelmintics for sheep. Proceedings World or a chemical that destroys the vitellaria of one Veterinary Congress, Hanover, Germany, trematode but not another. Such observations, Volume 1, 717-724. Hkchings, G. H. 1972. Inhibitors of folate which must abound wherever screening is con- biosynthesis and utilization—evolutionary ducted, are not to be regarded as crumbs changes as a basis for chemotherapy. Ann. for the jaws of Lazarus but as grain for the grist Repts. Med. Chem. 7: 1-5. mills of the biochemists and physiologists. Jal'l'e, J. J. 1972. Dihydrofolate reductases in If we are really to resolve the three-ring parasitic protozoa and helminths. In: Van conundrum that we discuss today, we must den Bossche, H. (editor). Comparative Bio- make use of all kinds of research—all disci- chemistry of Parasites. Academic Press, New plines and all approaches. It is from such wide- York and London. 219-233. ranging research that the big revolutions will Kinnamon, K. E., and W. E. Rothe. 1975. emerge—not just some new drug. It is in the Biological screening in the U.S. Army anti- nature of things that we cannot imagine the malarial drug development program. Amer. nature of those revolutions any more than Gal- J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 24: 174-178. vani could imagine the lights of Times Square. Kuchenmeister, F. 1857. Animal and vegetable parasites of the human body. Sydenham So- We have come a long way since the time ciety, London. Vol. I, 452 pp. when a person with worms might have a ram's Leake, C. D. 1975. An historical account of tail inserted in his rectum so that the worms pharmacology to the 20th century. Charles could gnaw at that, and so be easily removed C Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, pp. 210. —but we still have a long way to go. Machado, A. B. M., M. L. H. da Silva, and

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

J. Pellegrino. 1970. Mechanism of action Antiparasitic drugs. V. Anticoccidial activity of thiosinamine, a new egg suppressive agent of 4-amino-2-ethoxybenzoic acid and related in schistosomiasis. J. Parasit. 56: 392-393. compounds. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. Med. Pellegrino, J., and N. Katz. 1975. [Experi- H7: 488-492. mental chemotherapy of schistosomiasis. X. Smith, C. E. G. 1976. Medicine in a develop- Antischistosomal activity of diaminodiphenyl- ing tropical environment. Trans. Roy. Soc. sulphone (DDS) in laboratory animals and Trop. Med. and Hyg. 70: 1-9. in humans]. In Portuguese. Revista Inst. Stoll, N. R. 1962. Chairman's introduction. In: Med. Trop. S. Paulo, 17: 199-205. Goodwin, L. G. and R. H. Nimmo-Smith Prichard, R. K. 1973. The fumarate reductase (editors) Drugs, Parasites and Hosts. Little, reaction of Haemonchus contortus and the Brown and Company, Boston 1962. 3-14. mode of action of some anthelmintics. Intl. Van den Bossche, H. 1972. Biochemical ef- J. Parasit. 3: 409-417. fects of the antihelmintic drug mebendazole. Raeymaekers, A. H. M., F. T. N. Allewijn, J. In: Van den Bossche, H. (editor) Com- Vandenberk, P. J. A. Demden, T. T. T. parative Biochemistry of Parasites. Academic Van Oifemvert, and P. A. J. Janssen. Press, New York and London. 139-157. 1966. Novel broad-spectrum anthelmintics. Wang, C. C., R. L. Stotish, and M. Poe. 1975. Tetramisole and related derivatives of 6-aryl- Dihydrofolate reductase from Eimeria te- imidazo [2,1-b] thiazole. J. Med. Chem. 9: nella: rationalization of chemotherapeutic 545-549. efficacy of pyrimethamine. J. Protozool. 22: Rogers, E. F. 1976. The antimetabolite concept 564-568. in drug design. Ann. Repts. Med. Chem. In Wyss, O., M. Rubin, and F. B. Strandskov. press. 1943. Mechanism of sulfonamide action. Rogers, E. F., R. L. Clark, H. J. Becker, A. A. III. Biological action of substituted p-amino- Pessolano, W. J. Leanza, E. C. McManus, benzoic acids. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. Med. F. J. Andriuli, and A. C. Cuckler. 1964. 52: 155-158.

The Control of Parasites: The Role of the Host1

E. J. L. SOULSBY Department of Pathobiology, School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19174

"It takes all the running you can do to keep in tence to take a holistic view of parasitism and the same place. to formulate concepts on the control of para- "If you want to get somewhere else, you must sitic infections. Nevertheless we are doing that run at least twice as fast as that. today and my particular task is to examine the Red Queen to Alice. role of the host in the control of parasitic infections. In doing so I intend to consider, The complex relationship between parasite briefly though it may be: some of the host and host poses problems of comprehension mechanisms which permit parasitism to occur which become more acute every year. It is in the first place and which, if manipulated, with an increasing degree of trepidation that might provide the basis for control; the host one gets out of the rut of ones supposed compe- mechanisms which may be abrogated or avoided by parasites to permit their survival 1 An address presented at the 500th meeting of the Helminthological Society of Washington, held at New and finally the application of the host re- Dolton Center, School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania on May 15, 1976. sponses to the control of infections.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977

Host Factors Determining the erythrocyte receptor suggests a similar Parasitism uniqueness for the parasite determinant com- plementary to the receptor, and isolation of One of the major unanswered questions of the compound concerned may provide an op- biology is that of the molecular biological basis portunity to immunize against it or to prepare of host-parasite specificity. Since a large pro- a chemical antagonist with the intent of block- portion of the environment of a parasite is sup- ing the interaction. plied by the host, and assuming that host and The need for a recognition factor, or recep- parasite have coevolved, the degree of integra- tor, for other intracellular parasitisms is illus- tion between host and parasite probably de- trated by studies of the Leishmania species by termines the breadth, or narrowness, of the Dwyer, Langreth and Dwyer (1974). These host range. Exploitation of the determinants authors have demonstrated that polysaccha- of host compatibility could represent a novel rides on the surface of the promastigotes of and important approach to control which as L. donovani (e.g. a -1, 4 and a 1, 6 glycan far as is known, has not been extensively ex- bonded polysaccharides) may be responsible plored for the intenial parasites. It is axi- for this recognition and internalization of the omatic that there are key events in the initiation parasite in macrophages, and furthermore such of parasitism: inability to accomplish these surface saccharides may impart resistance to by a parasite will lead, clearly, to failure of lysosomal enzymes once the organism has en- the parasite mission. Hitherto, control by drugs tered the cell (See also below). Further evi- has focussed on the parasite after it has suc- dence that they are important comes from the cessfully integrated itself with the host molec- work of Dawidowicz et al. (1975) who demon- ular biological systems. Control by manage- strated a concomitant loss of surface saccha- ment, hygiene and public health techniques rides and infectivity during in vitro culture attempts to prevent contact in the first place, of Leishmania species. while immunological control represents a host- generated response which, under all but ab- Other host factors which determine red cell normal conditions, probably keeps parasite susceptibility, for example to malaria parasites, population to acceptable levels. However, none are well known. Thus the single gene mutation of these conventional approaches attempt to responsible for the production of sickle-cell "misguide" the parasite in a way comparable, hemoglobin (hemoglobin-s), which differs from for example, to the use of pheromones for the the normal by the substitution of valine for control of insect populations. glutamic acid, confers partial resistance to An understanding of the molecular basis Plasmodium falciparum malaria in that it limits for host-parasite compatibility has progressed intraerythrocytic multiplication (Allison, 1963). further with the protozoa than other forms. An Similarly, impaired production of the a or /3 example of this is the recent work of Miller et hemoglobin chains in thalassemia and glucose- al. (1975) which indicates that red cell sus- 6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency are ceptibility to Plasmodium vivax may be as- other host factors which determine susceptibil- sociated with Duffy blood group determinants ity to malaria (Review, Brown, 1976). The biochemical basis of the protective action of (Fyil or Fyb) which function as erythrocyte receptors for the parasite. Evidence that these abnormalities is not fully understood, Duffy blood group negative human erythro- though ATP levels of erythrocytes may play a cytes are resistant to infection with Plasmodium role, especially in thalassemia. It is interesting knowlesi has been correlated with the resistance that a potentially lethal genetic pathway for of West Africans and American blacks to Plas- resistance to malaria evolved presumably under modium vivax which corresponds to the distri- the pressure of that infection: the legacy of this is apparent in the American, black today. bution of Duffy negative erythrocytes in the As well as genetically controlled events, world. Other human malarias do not appear nutrition may play a role in host receptivity for to depend on this factor and it is possible that malaria. Thus rats and rhesus monkeys on a the Duffy factor, alone or in association with milk diet are resistant to Plasmodium berghei another determinant, serves as a receptor for and P. knowlesi infection, respectively, an ef- the merozoites of P. vivax. The uniqueness of fect which can be reversed by the addition of

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY p-amino-benzoic acid to the diet (Hawking, dependence on the mitotic cycle of the host 1953). While the biochemical needs of the cell is not absolute since interference with parasite are denied in the case of PABA de- normal growth, for example, the arrest of cell ficiency, in other situations they appear to be division, has no effect on the parasite and induced by the parasite. For example Oelshla- macroschizont division proceeds unimpeded. gel, Sander and Brewer (1975) have produced Indeed, with irradiated cells (Irvin, Brown evidence that malaria parasites introduce a and Stagg, 1975a) there was an increased up- pyruvate kinase isozyme into the host red cell take of tritiated thymidine by macroschizonts, in amounts sufficient to alter red cell gly- indicating a greater than expected multiplica- colysis, thus increasing red cell adenosine tri- tion of the parasite which Irvin et al. (1975b) phosphate (ATP). ATP is needed by the have ascribed to indirect activation of parasite parasite and for example parasitemia rates are DNA synthesis caused by radiation induced correlated with red cell ATP values. Oelshlagel changes in the cell. Hitherto, the Theileria- et al. (1975) speculated that in vivo "pyruvate lymphoblast system was considered to be some- kinase perturbations" may be a general host what uniquely host specific and cell dependent; parasite phenomenon, and of course the phe- little or no cross infection occurred between nomenon may extend to other enzyme systems, allogeneic cells and through infected bovine in which case new approaches to the control lymphoblasts will grow in whole body ir- of parasites might be based on the concept of radiated mice to produce tumorlike masses, preventing the introduction of these into host there is no evidence that mouse cells are in- cells or tissues. vaded by the parasite (Irvin et al., 1973). The ability of a parasite to reorganize its However, this has now been circumvented in environment for its own physiological needs is that Irvin et al. (1975b) have been able to increasingly apparent: intracellular protozoa transfer the parasite to cells of a different represent good examples of this. Thus Toxo- species. This was achieved by the fusion of plasma gondii an obligate intracellular para- bovine lymphoid cells from a culture line para- site, must penetrate the cell, this is achieved by sitized with T. parva to monolayers of mouse a process of phagocytosis (Hirsch, Jones and heart and baby hamster kidney cells using in- Len, 1974), but the important aspect of this is activated LSendai virus. Heterokaryons formed that the organisms induce a phagocytic mech- in the cultures were infected with macroschiz- anism both in cells normally capable of phago- onts, but also cells that apparently contained cytosis and in those ordinarily non phagocytic, only mouse heart or baby hamster kidney cell for example, fibroblasts. The property of the nuclei were also infected. In addition there toxoplasm responsible for this effect remains was apparent activation of the macroschizont to be identified. Once T. gondii has entered multiplication in the heterokaryons. An addi- the cell it then further modifies cell function tional aspect of this study, is that it may lead so that it is not destroyed. The aspect is fur- to new information on the host cell mechanisms ther discussed under the topic of abrogation which are associated with transformation of of the immune response by parasites. macroschizonts to microschizonts. In the bo- A further example of reorganization of cell vine, this event occurs after the macroschizonts function is evident in lymphoid cells infected have undergone a fixed number of divisions with macroschizonts of Theliera parva, the (Jarrett, Crighton and Pirie, 1967) however, causal agent of East Coast Fever of cattle. In in culture, microschizont production is not normal Theileria-mtected lymphoblast cultures evident unless the culture is manipulated in macroschizont and cell division are synchronous some way. For example, Hulliger, Brown, and and the mean number of macroschizont nuclear Wilde (1966) have obtained microschizont parasites remains constant. The Theileria body development by incubating infected lympho- is closely associated with the mitotic apparatus blast culture at 42 C. At this temperature, host and is pulled apart and distributed to the cell multiplication is minimal, but the parasite daughter lymphoid cells in late mitosis (Hulli- continues to replicate producing stages con- ger, Brown and Wilde, 1965). There are taining many small nuclear particles. The role many indications that the organism induces of the higher temperature requirements for lymphoid cells to enter the mitotic cycle, but microschizont production in culture is not

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 31 clear, though it is interesting that microschiz- stimulus for activation. In the case of Schisto- ont production occurs in the bovine when cephalus solidus, a diphyllobothriid tapeworm body temperature is elevated (Hulliger et al., of birds, larval stages (plerocercoids) harvested 1966). It is possible that perturbations of the from fish will become sexually mature even in mechanisms controlling the host cell nucleus, nonnutrient saline, when incubated at bird as result from the irradiation of cells and the body temperature (Smyth, 1966). However, creation of heterokaryons, but which may also more complex host signals are necessary for be induced by physiological responses to infec- the hatching of eggs and the evagination of tion, play a critical role in the life cycle of the larvae of taeniid cestodes (Smyth, 1969). parasite. Furthermore, the composition of bile, along One of the most intriguing modifications of with other factors, may determine whether or the host environment induced by parasitism not a given species of cestode can develop in is the change that occurs in the muscle fiber a particular host; in this case bile represents as a result of penetration by larvae of Trich- a biochemical determinant of host specificity. inella spiralis. Following invasion, the cell With the infective stages of the majority of becomes functionally and structurally quite dis- parasite nematodes excystment or ecdysis is an tinct and serves as a "nurse cell" for the larva active process on the part of the parasite, in- (Despommier, 1975). This unique series of duced by the chemical and physiological factors cellular events consists in the first 8 days of present in that part of the bowel where the infection of the muscle fiber, of a loss of con- development stages commence their parasitic tractile elements, nuclear enlargement, hyper- existence. Thus exsheathment of infective trophy of sarcoplasmic reticulum and vacuola- larvae of Haemonchus contortus and Tricho- tion of mitochondria. After this, as the nurse strongylus axei, which normally occurs in the cell evolves, hyperinvolution of the plasma rumen, is optimal at a pH near neutrality, membrane occurs and a marked increase of whereas the exsheathment conditions for rough endoplasmic reticulum is evident in the Trichostrongylus colubriformis are at a pH region of the larval cuticle and the nurse cell which corresponds to the abomasal environ- plasma membrane (Despommier, 1975). The ment (Rogers, 1966). Furthermore, the ex- nurse cell remains alive for the life of the sheathing fluids induced by the physical con- larva and since this may be for an extended ditions above, and responsible for the release period of time, it is clear that there is a close of infective larvae from the sheath are highly interdependence between larva and host cell. specific. These are enzymes which attack a Despommier (1975) suggests that the nurse special region on the inside of the sheath; cell functions as a "nutrient gather" and that they are leucine amino peptidases which are metabolites destined for the larva must first highly specific in that they will attack only the traverse the membrane and the cytoplasm of substrate of the sheath of the species which the nurse cell and then finally cross the mem- produces the exsheathing fluid (Rogers, 1966). brane and the cuticle at the nurse cell-parasite Rogers (1966) has also demonstrated that ex- interface. There is no evidence that muscle stage sheathment of larvae of H. contortus and T. larvae of T. spiralis ingest or otherwise utilize colubriformis can be inhibited by treatment directly the cell constituents induced by the with low molar concentrations of iodine, pre- infection. sumably through the inhibition of the receptors Factors which determine host-parasite com- with which carbon dioxide reacts to stimulate patibility for metozoan parasites have been less exsheathment. This effect is reversible by sub- extensively investigated than is the case for the sequent treatment with hydrogen sulphide protozoa. Nevertheless, it is evident that the water. Similar requirements for the hatching same finely tuned type of mechanism occurs, of nematode eggs have been demonstrated by in which a host factor triggers activation of Fairbairn (1961). A general consideration of the parasite process. The majority of the in- the host recognition signals for some gastro- fective stages of helminths have a low resting intestinal nematodes has been presented by metabolism and are in a state of semidormancy Whitlock (1966) and McLaren (1976) has (Lackie, 1975) requiring some specific host reviewed the structural and functional aspects

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY of the sense organs of nematodes which may Evasion of the Host Response be concerned with the recognition signals. by Parasites Despite the increasing evidence that para- site populations are under the tight constraint In any study of the control of parasitic of a variety of host derived signals, and the fact infections by the host, a consideration of how that if these are not received by the infective a parasite may survive for extended periods in stage of the parasite, parasitism cannot occur, immunologically competent hosts is pertinent. there has been little study of control methods Various mechanisms are used to accomplish based on the abrogation of these signals. Pos- this; some are concerned with the abrogation sibly the simplest application of this approach of the affector or effector arms of the host is in the use of mixed grazing to control gastro- response, while others are associated with intestinal parasitism in domestic animals. For adaptive changes on the part of the parasite. example, the sheep does not provide the ap- Smithers and Terry (1976) have reviewed the propriate signal for horse parasites. evidence for the existence of antigens shared The host-parasite relationship is not simply between schistosomes and their hosts and a question of capability to infect. Within the which are purported to be responsible for the parasitized host, a variety of physiological antigenic disguise that protects the parasites parameters are apt to determine the behavior from immunological recognition. Both host of a parasitic infection. Circadian and other derived and parasite derived "shared" anti- rhythms are important regulators of a variety gens seem to exist. Host derived blood group of parasitisms (Hawking, 1975), the most antigens are acquired by schistosomules when fascinating of which is the periodicity of they are grown in vitro in the presence of microfilariae of Wuchereria bancrofti. It was erythrocytes of various A, B, or O specificities, recognized in early studies that this periodicity but not with cells of other specificities such as coincided with the feeding time of the mos- Rh or Mn (Dean, 1974). There is also strong quito vector, but the control mechanisms of evidence for shared antigens of host origin. For this still are not fully understood. Indeed the example Damian, Greene, and Hubbard (1973) host influences which determine the distribu- have demonstrated an antigenic determinant tion of microfilariae, which in turn often cor- on the surface of Schistosoma mansoni which respond to the preferential feeding site of the cross reacts with mouse «2 microglobulin. insect vector are in need of further examina- Smithers and Terry (1976) suggest that host antigens of parasite origin reduce the overall tion. immunogenicity of the parasite, while those of Endocrine status is often an important host host origin provide the immunological disguise determinant of the level of parasitism. This for the adult worm. However, Smithers and complicated area has been reviewed by Solo- Terry (1976) note that there is no direct mon (1969) and there is need for intensive evidence that host antigens serve to protect study of host hormonal regulation mechanisms the parasite from the host. in parasitism. The exquisite relationship be- Blood group antigens are known to be part tween host and parasite in the case of the of the normal antigenic mosiac of several para- rabbit Spilopsyllus cuniculi (Rothschild, sitic helminths, including Ascaris suum (Soulsby and Coombs, 1959). There is no evidence that 1965) perhaps will serve as a beacon to re- these antigens in any way serve to antagonize affirm that parasites are very finely tuned to the infection, but it is possible, that as surface their hosts. antigens, they may facilitate establishment by Substantial progress has been made over the providing a mask of host protein, namely anti- last several years in the understanding of sea- body, on the surface of larval stages (Soulsby, sonal variations of nematode populations in 1971). In situations where one might expect domestic livestock, much of which can be host derived materials to play a decisive role traced to phenomena associated with parturi- in the persistence of infection, for example in tion and lactation. The role of these events in filarial infections, which are especially long the immunological response to infection is dis- lived, there is no evidence that host derived or cussed later. parasite derived "hostlike" antigens play a role

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 197' 33 in the establishment, or the persistence of the fected macrophages but organisms are not parasite. killed by this. Reduced acid phosphatase ac- Reduced reactivity of parasites upon their tivity is seen in vacuoles containing living entry into a host may be an alternative mech- parasites and it has been suggested that the anism for survival and Leventhal and Soulsby pellicle of the organism (e.g. Leishmania) is (1975) have shown that the early larval stages resistent to lysosome mediated attack. Surface of A. suum have reduced reactivity in terms membrane glycosaminoglycans might play a of binding immunoglobulins, activation of com- role in this (Dwyer et al., 1974). Loss of plement and the attachments of phagocytic surface glycans is associated with a loss of cells. This might be interpreted as a mech- infectivity (Dawidowicz et al., 1975). anism which would permit a parasite to gain Still a further mechanism may occur with a foothold, an initial advantage, which would Trypanosoma cruzi and in which organisms assure its establishment in the host. proliferate in the cytoplasm of macrophages Host induced modulation of antigenicity of (Kress et al., 1975). In this case the parasite the nematode Nippostrongylus brasiliensis has initially is in an endocytic vacuole, but this is been reported by Ogilvie (1974). In this in- lost and the organism lies in direct contact with stance adults of N. brasiliensis derived from a the host cytoplasm; hence it is not exposed to second infection, or from trickle infections, are secretions of the lysosomes. Organisms which less immunogenic than worms from an initial fail to escape from the phagocytic vacuoles infection. Such worms are termed "adapted" show degeneration and are surrounded by and they have a characteristic acetylcholines- secondary lysosomal material. Evans and Levy terase isozyme pattern which is apparently (1973) have demonstrated similar intracellular, induced by anti-acetylcholinesterase antibodies cytoplasmic, development for Mycobacterium present in the infected rat. leprae. Evasion of the immune response by para- This intracellular parasitism, which is a sites has been more extensively studied with familiar phenomenon of viruses and bacteria the intracellular protozoa than with the hel- (Mims, 1964), is related to the problem of minths. For example, following internalization persistance of infection and, in turn, the failure of the trophozoite of T. gondii the fusion of ly- of the host response to curtail the survival of sosome with the phagocytic vacuole is in- the organisms. It is important to recognize that hibited (Hirsch et al., 1974) though the mech- some of the intracellular forms are destroyed anism of this is not fully understood. Indeed while others are not: macrophages from guinea the mechanism is not uniform for the various pigs immune to Leishmania enriettii do not intracellular organisms. Inhibition of lysosomal destroy that organism in vitro, but readily de- fusion, as occurs with Toxoplasma, is seen in stroy others, such as Listeria monocytogenes macrophages parasitized by Mycobacterium (Maueletal, 1974). tuberculosis (Armstrong and Hart, 1971), En- Parasites have evolved a number of adapta- cephalitozoon cuniculi (Weidner, 1975) and tions to ensure their survival and transmission L cells parasitized by Chlamydia psittaci (Friis, to a new host. One of the classical examples 1972). However, when degenerating organ- is the antigenic variation of African trypano- isms of the above occur in the parasitophorous somes, where variant antigens, glycoprotein in vacuole lysosomal material is discharged into it. nature and located in the surface coat which In the case of T. gondii, compromise of the overlies the plasma membrane of the organism, ability of the organism to prevent fusion of are responsible for the survival of a trypano- lysosomes is evident when it is killed or when some population in an immunologically re- it is exposed to specific antiserum before entry sponsive host (Vickerman, 1974). Antigenic into the macrophage (Jones, Len and Hirsch, variation is seen in the malarias (Brown, 1974) 1975). However other intracellular organisms and Ogilvie and Wilson (1976) review the survive in macrophages in spite of lysosomal present status of knowledge on this. fusion. For example, with Mycobacterium Parasite induced immunodepression is now lepraemurium (Hart et al., 1972) and Leish- a well documented phenomenon in a variety of mania mexicana (Alexander and Vickerman, parasitic infections. Its occurrence in malaria 1975) lysosomal fusion occurs normally in in- and trypanosomiasis has been reviewed by

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Greenwood (1974) and in parasitic infections, rats infected with Nippostrongylus brasiliensis in general, by Ogilvie and Wilson (1976). A (Ogilvie and Love, 1974). variety of mechanisms, apparently parasite in Physiological changes associated with repro- origin, can depress the immune response of the duction are known to play an important role host and this may be accomplished either in parasitic infections in general. For example, through a suppression of the affector response Trichomonas vaginalis fails to develop in the as for example in Trichinella spiralis infection female genital tract before puberty (Hawking, or through suppression of the effector response, 1974) and gametocytes of Leucocytozoon examples of which are found in the host re- simondi appear in the blood of ducks at the sponse to larval cestodes (Hammerberg et al., beginning of the breeding season (Chernin, 1976). 1952). The best known of these phenomenon Factors of particular importance in the eva- is the "spring rise" in fecal egg output in sheep, sion of the host response to parasitic infection which is variously known as the postparturient are those associated with age or with preg- rise or lactational rise. Michel (1976) has sum- nancy, parturition and lactation. The inability marized the various studies of this phenomenon of young sheep to respond in a protective man- and has concluded that there is a clear relation- ner to, for example, H. contortus infection, is ship between physiological status of the ewe well known. This may represent a basic in- and the "activation" of larvae arrested in their ability of lambs to respond to helminth anti- development, these having been acquired in gens and thus helminth antigens might be the previous grazing season. In the past an placed in the heirarchy of immunogenicity understanding of the "spring rise" has been which Silverstein et al. (1963) have demon- obscured by the fact that increases in fecal strated for a variety of other antigens. The egg output of nonpregnant ewes, males, and inability to induce an immune response to castrated males in a flock of sheep often par- certain antigens does not imply an absence of allel those of parturient and lactating females. immunological competence, indeed, in H. con- Michel (1976) has proposed that parasite pop- tortus infection of sheep, antibody responses ulations are controlled by a biorhythm of para- can be stimulated by neonatal infection with site origin, in that arrested (hypobiotic) larvae infective larvae and the "self cure" reaction in sheep of all descriptions mature at the same can be elicited in lambs of a few weeks of age time, but in parturient and lactating animals (Varela-Diaz, 1970). Protective immunity is parasites are retained longer than in barren however a different matter, and competence animals. This explanation is consistent with for this is acquired much later in sheep (Urqu- the parasitological and immunological data hart et al., 1966). The basis for this is unclear, available on the spring rise phenomenon. but cell mediated immunity mechanisms may be pertinent here since Chen (1972) has shown Utilization of the Host that peripheral blood lymphocytes of H. con- Response for Control tortus infected lambs respond poorly to anti- The approaches to immunological prophy- gens of H. contortus until they are several laxis in parasite infections can be listed as months of age. The antigen induced respon- follows: siveness of peripheral lymphocytes is markedly Passive Immunization reduced at the onset of lactation and is as- Active Immunization sociated with a significant increase in fecal egg Use of standardized doses of normal output at that time (Chen and Soulsby, 1976). infective stages. In situations where lactation does not occur in Use of related species with reduced the parturient animal, antigen induced lympho- virulence. cyte responsiveness and fecal egg output are Use of attenuated infective stages. unchanged. There is now strong evidence that Use of in vitro cultured materials. lactation is an important determinant, both in the "postparturient" rise in fecal egg output of Passive Immunization gastrointestinal nematode infection of domestic Passive immunization in protozoal infections animals and in experimental situations, such as has been reviewed by Cohen (1975) and its

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 35 practical use is largely restricted to Plasmo- (1974) for Taenia ovis. In the latter system dium falciparum malaria in man (Cohen, Mc- immunization of ewes with an in vitro produced Gregor and Carrington, 1961). In vitro studies "secretory" antigen of T. ovis was effective in of the effect of antibody in malaria indicate stimulating transfer of immunity (Rickard and that antibody is directed against the merozoites Bell, 1974). and prevents reinvasion of the red cell by them, Passive immunization to the metacestode of possibly by blocking the attachment of the Taenia saginata, hitherto, has proved unsucess- merozoite to the erythrocyte membrane. This ful (Urquhart, 1961; Froyd, 1964) however effect is variant specific predominantly, recent studies (Lloyd, 1975), have indicated (Butcher and Cohen, 1972) though antibody that hyperimmune serum or hyperimmune to other variants is also present in low titer colostrum, when fed to neonatal calves, will and is probably associated with the lack of result in highly significant degree of protection. clinical signs on challenge with antigenic vari- Hyperimmune colostrum is produced by the ants. introduction of activated oncospheres into the More recent studies by Miller, Aikawa, and mammary tissue, which results in local synthe- Dvorak (1975) on the interrelationship of im- sis of protective antibodies. Evidence from munity and the surface coat of merozoites of the rodent system indicates that IgA is the Plasmodium. knowlesi indicate that agglutina- putative immunoglobulin in immunity trans- tion of merozoites, caused by the binding of ferred by the colostral route (Lloyd, 1975) and surface coats of adjacent parasites by homol- studies are in progress to determine the re- ogous immune serum is a crucial factor in the sponsible immunoglobulins in the bovine sys- reduced invasion of erythrocytes by merozoites. tem. There are strong indications that the gut The general aspects of immunity to malaria associated lymphoid tissue (GALT) is con- have been reviewed by Brown (1976). cerned with both intestinal and mammary Under natural circumstances, passive im- gland immune response and a practical applica- munization plays a substantial role in the con- tion of this to the control of metacestode in- trol of infections due to Babesia spp. (Mahoney, fection might be to attempt oral immunization 1972) and other protozoan infections of do- of animals in late pregnancy. mestic animals. Passive immunity appears to play a limited Active Immunization role in the control of helminth infections, ex- The use of standardized doses of cept in the case of the larval cestodes. With normal infective larval stages the latter, studies in laboratory rodents clearly indicate that passive transfer of immunity Under natural conditions this is a process occurs in utero and via the colostrum (Lloyd, which is achieved by good husbandry prac- 1975). The effective antibodies in passive tices and in which a parasitic infection under- transfer vary according to the host: thus in rats goes normal development and the immunizing protective antibodies occur in the IgG2il sub- antigens are produced and presented to the class of immunoglobulins while in mice the host by the various developmental stages. The comparable effective antibody is of the IgG3 obvious drawbacks to this are that the po- subclass. tential for disease is always present and host The successful passive transfer of immunity physiological processes (e.g. lactation) or the in the rodent system would suggest that larval vicissitudes of the weather may alter the trans- cestodes of domesticated animals could be mission rate dramatically. Nevertheless it must controlled by passive immunization procedures. be a reasonably effective approach to im- Both field and experimental evidence indicate munization since otherwise only a minority of this is so. Thus Gemmell, Blundell-Hasell and animals would survive, whereas the majority Macnamara (1969) demonstrated that colos- do so! trum from hyperimmunized ewes conferred A modification of this approach is to termi- protection against infection with metacestodes nate a normal infection by an appropriate anti- of Taenia hi/datigena in lambs. Similarly, colos- parasitic drug. This technique has been used tral transfer of immunity from ewes to lambs in the field to control infection by Dictijocaulus has been reported by Rickard and Arundel viviparus in cattle (parasitic bronchitis) in that

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY animals are treated with diethycarbamazine as well and Gallie, 1974). The use of oncospheres soon as the first clinical signs appear (Parker of T. saginata attenuated by X-irradiation in- et al., 1959). Experimentally, this has been duced a significant degree of protection and accomplished also with Ascaris suum, infection avoided the development of a postvaccinal being terminated after a few days with high colony of metacestodes (Wikerhauser et al., doses of thiabendazole (Campbell and Timin- 1974). ski, 1965). Very encouraging progress using Extended survival of the metacestodes of T. this technique has been accomplished in im- saginata may occur in endemic areas and this munization against Theileria parva infection of is probably associated with neonatal infection cattle (East Coast Fever) (Radley et al., 1975a). of calves (Urqhart, 1961). Experimental in- Cattle are immunized by injecting infective fection of neonates induces a poor antibody re- stages obtained from ticks (ground up tick sponse and a failure of animals to develop supernate, which can be stored at —140 C or protective immunity to a second infection -80 C) and the infection is controlled by daily (Soulsby, 1963), however, such neonatal in- intramuscular injections of oxytetracycline for fection does not interfere with the establish- the first four days after infection. This method ment of a primary immune response following has been shown to be useful also when a com- reinfection, even though the metacestodes from bination of strains of Theileria organisms is a primary neonatal infection remain viable in used (Radley etal.,1975b). the tissues (Sewell and Gallie, 1974). A further modification of this approach is to administer infective stages by an abnormal The use of related species of route. Soulsby (1957) induced satisfactory parasites or species with immunity to A. suum by the subcutaneous in- reduced virulence jection of infective eggs. At this site a minority Though this method of immunization has of eggs hatch, and larvae undergo local migra- been used widely in other infections, its use in tion, a few eventually reaching the lungs. parasitic diseases has been limited. Otherwise lethal doses of eggs can be admin- Cross protection between the sheep meta- istered by this route with impunity, and a high cestodes T. ovis and T. hydatigena has been degree of immunity produced. demonstrated by Gemmell (1966) and addi- Gemmell (1966) applied this technique to tionally these species cross protect against the immunize against the larval stages of Echino- larval phase of Echinococcus granulosus in coccus granulosus and other cestodes. For this, sheep. It is particularly interesting that heter- hatched and activated hexacanth embryos are ologous protection with metacestodes is ex- injected intramuscularly, these produce a local pressed most satisfactorily with species of the colony of metacestodes which will immunize same host assemblage. For example canine- against homologous challenge and also heter- sheep related forms show more relationship to ologous challenge, provided a parasite of sim- each other than to canine-rodent related forms ilar host assemblage is used. Intramuscular in- an example of which is that E. granulosus and jection of activated embryos of E. granulosus E. multilocularis fail to share common protec- will also induce some protection against the tive antigens (see Gemmell and Macnamara, adult phase of the parasite in the intestine 1972). (Gemmell and Macnamara, 1972). Active im- This approach to immunization possibly is munization against bovine cysticercosis has best expressed by the concept of zooprophy- been achieved using parenterally administered laxis, advanced by Nelson, Teesdale and High- eggs of Taenia saginata (Soulsby, 1961) or ton (1962) and reviewed by Nelson (1974), activated oncospheres of T. saginata or T. who defined it as "the prevention or ameliora- hydatigena (Wikerhauser, ZAikovic and Dza- tion of disease in man as a result of previous kula, 1971; Sewell and Gallie, 1974). In the exposure to heterologous infections of animal latter studies development of a focus of meta- origin." Nelson (1974) provides a number of cestodes at the site of injection was necessary examples of this with the protozoa and hel- for a good protective response, though occa- minths, and, with viruses, an outstanding ex- sionally metacestodes from the immunizing in- ample is the protection induced by cowpox jection were distributed systematically (Se- against smallpox.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 37

Zooprophylaxis with the protozoa probably members of a genus, possibly from wildlife, for occurs with the malaria parasites and an at- their potential use as immunizing agents against tempted application of the concept of zoo- the more pathogenic species of the genus. prophylaxis was that by Manson-Bahr (1963) who used a ground squirrel strain of Leish- The use of artificially attenuated mania to induce immunity to a human form. infective stages Other examples occur with malaria, babesiosis Exposure of infective stages of parasites to and trypanosomiasis (Nelson, 1974). X or gamma radiation is the most usual ap- With helminth infections, zooprophylaxis is proach to attenuation. Early studies by Tyzzer best exemplified in the studies of cross im- and Honeij (1916) demonstrated that exposure munization between human and animal schisto- of Trichinella spiralis larvae to radium rendered sornes (Nelson, 1974; Taylor, 1975). For ex- them noninfective to mice and subsequent work ample, partial immunity against Schistosoma by Levine and Evans (1942) indicated that mansoni can be produced by immunizing rhesus immunity to T. spiralis infection could be in- monkeys with bovine schistosome cercariae, duced in rats by feeding irradiated larvae. which die before reaching maturity (Amin and Practical application of this resulted in the Nelson, 1969). Conversely, calves and sheep development of a highly successful vaccine for immunized with cercariae of S. mansoni par- the prevention of lungworm (Dictyocaulus tially resist challenge with Schistosoma mat- viviparus) infection of cattle (Jarrett et al., theei. Other examples of this are given by 1960) and similar vaccines have been de- Taylor (1975). An important observation in veloped for the sheep lungworm (Dictyocaulus these studies was that immunity to challenge jilarid) (Sokolic et al., 1965) and the dog hook- was not dependent on the presence of adult worm (Ancylostoma caninum) (Miller, 1971). worms of a previous infection and consequently In the case of the vaccine against A. caninum, the use of developmental stages of homologous protection is achieved also against other mem- parasites suitably attenuated so that they will bers of the genus (Miller, 1967). The applica- not mature or heterologous parasites which do tion of radiation attenuated vaccines against not mature, is a valid approach to immuniza- other helminth infections has been summarized tion against S. mansoni. A similar approach by Mulligan (1975). may well be possible for Schistosoma japonicum Chemical attenuation of infective stages of since Sadun et al. (1961) have demonstrated helminths has been studied by Comwell and that the Formosan (non-human) strain of S. Jones (1970). These workers showed that in- japonicum. will induce immunity in monkeys fective larvae of D. viviparus exposed to tri- against the Chinese and Japanese (human) ethylene melamine, a cytotoxic agent, would forms of the parasite. induce an immunity comparable to that of Nelson (1974) has reviewed the evidence radiation attenuated larvae. for zooprophylaxis in filarial infection, stating With the protozoa, immunization, with that the situation is more speculative. Never- radiation attenuated sporozoites of malaria theless, he notes that many of the infective (Nussenzweig, Vanclerberg and Most, 1969) larvae of filarids in man-biting insects are of offers a promising approach to the immuno- non-human origin and hence there is likely to prophylaxis of malaria. Radiation attenuated be continuing sensitization to these in endemic parasitized erythrocytes have also been shown areas. The impact of this on infection and to induce satisfactory immunity in malaria the manifestation of human filarial disease is (Wellde and Sadum, 1967). Immunization not known. against malaria is discussed in greater detail The use of species with reduced "virulence" by Brown (1976). has been little explored with regard to hel- Immunization against Tnjpanosoma cruzi in- minths. Allen and Samson (1961) identified fection using radiated attenuated (gamma ra- a strain of Haemonchus contortus from the diation from a 60Co source) parasites from cell pronghorn antelope that was relatively non- cultures has been reported by Hanson et al. pathogenic to domestic sheep, but this has (1974). Resistance to homologous challenge not been exploited as a mode of immunization. has been produced in rats and monkeys by There is need to examine the less virulent inoculation with irradiated Tnjpanosoma rho-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY desiense (Duxbury et al., 1972) and in cattle culture (Herd, 1975) and acetylcholinesterase (Wellde et al., 1973) by similar techniques. secreted from the oesophageal glands of several Phillips (1971) was able to induce immunity nematodes (Ogilvie et al., 1973). in mice and rats by inoculation of (i°Co irra- There have been many attempts to induce diated Babesia rodhaini infected red cell, but protective immunity with antigens prepared Lemma and Cole (1974) were unable to in- from nonviable helminths, but with few excep- duce immunity against Leishmania enriettii in tions they have been unsuccessful. Reasons for guinea pigs using irradiated promastigotes of these failures include the probability that pro- the parasite. tective antigens are associated with excretory and secretory materials to do with physiological The use of in vitro functions of the parasite. These might be ex- produced materials pected to occur in minimal amounts in non- viable material. Two decades ago Chandler Though no vaccine of this nature is available (1953) suggested that the protective antigens for use, the method of immunization offers the were enzymatic in nature and in some cases, greatest promise for the future. e.g., in Ascaris suum infection, immunization With malaria, immunity against the erythro- with malic hydrogenase isolated from the para- cytic phase of the infection is directed against site, induced specific antibodies which inhib- the merozoite and Miller, Aikawa, and Dvorak ited activity of the enzyme and also induced (1975) have provided evidence that the surface protection against infection, in guinea pigs coat on extracellular merozoites is important in (Rhodes, Nayak, and Kelley, 1965). immunity and antibodies directed against it are Secretory materials derived from E. granu- important for reduction in the invasive capacity losus (Herd, 1975), Oesophagostomum radia- of merozoites for erythrocytes, at least in vitro. tum (Keith and Bremner, 1973) and Ancylos- The successful in vitro cultivation of Plas- toma caninum (Thorson, 1956) have been modium falciparum (Trager and Jensen, 1976) shown to induce immunity to infection. Fur- opens the way for the harvest of substances, thermore, with Nippostrongylus brasiliensis, such as the surface coat of merozoites, for antiacetylcholinesterase antibodies modulate practical immunization. the production of this enzyme by the parasite Another approach which may follow the suc- (Jones and Ogilvie, 1972) and this evidence cessful in vitro cultivation of malaria is immuni- would seem to indicate that such substances zation against the sexual stages of the parasite. are important candidates for protective anti- Gwadz (1976) has demonstrated that gameto- gens. However, the situation is still in need of cyte infectivity and oocyst development of clarification since recent reports by Neilson Plasmodium gallinaceum can be reduced or (1975) and Rothwell and Merritt (1975) in- eliminated in mosquitoes by immunizing chick- dicate that immunization with the metabolic- ens on which the mosquitoes feed, with in- antigens of H. contortus and acetylcholine- fected erythrocytes. Immobilization of micro- sterase of Trichostrongylus colubriformis, re- gametes occurs in the mosquito gut and this spectively, fails to induce immunity in experi- is associated with the immunoglobulin G frac- mental hosts. tion of serum. More recent studies of in vitro produced im- As with studies of the protozoa, there is an munogens of A. suum have demonstrated that increasing preoccupation on the part of workers material produced at the time of moulting from in the field of helminthology to produce anti- the third to the fourth larval stage is capable gens which are meanfully related to the de- of inducing significant protective immunity in velopment cycle and/or the biological activity guinea pigs (Stromberg and Soulsby, 1976). of the parasite. Examples of such are the spe- The likelihood that this is an antigen associated cific schistosome membrane antigens (Kusel et with a physiological function of the parasite al., 1975), granules of stichocyte cells of Trich- is good, since in vitro metamorphosis from L3 inella spiralis (Despommier and Muller, 1970), to L4 in A. suum is associated with a switch the soluble egg antigen of schistosomes (Boros from aerobic to anaerobic metabolism (Sylk, and Warren, 1970), secretory antigens pro- 1969). In vitro cultures of larvae which do not duced by adult Echinococcus granulosus in undergo metamorphosis do not produce the

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 39

immunogen. It is now possible to perform the Immunized Host: Mechanisms of Survival. above cultures in a completely defined medium (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Knight, Julie) CIBA (Stromberg and Soulsby, 1976) and hence Foundation Symposium 25 (New Series) El- this will provide an unusual opportunity for sevier, Amsterdam, pp. 35-51. preparative and analytical studies of the im- . 1976. Resistance to malaria. In: Im- munology of Parasitic Infections (Eds. Co- munogen. hen, S. and Sadun, E. H.) Blackwell, Oxford, pp. 268-295. Conclusion Butcher, G. A., and Cohen, S. 1972. Anti- genic variation and protective immunity in In this review a full comprehension of the Plasmodium knowlesi malaria. Immunology host parasite relationship may have suffered 23: 503-521. under abbreviated treatment of the multi- Campbell, W. C., and Timinski, S. F. 1965. faceted nature of the situation. Nevertheless, it Immunization of rats against Ascaris mum seems evident that there are many places in by means of nonpulmonary larval infections. J. Parasit. 51: 712. this relationship which may be exploitable for Chandler, A. C. 1953. Immunity in Parasitic control purposes. The traditional approaches Diseases. J. Egypt. Med. Ass. 36: 811-834. have been immunization to prevent parasitism Chen, P. M. 1972. Peripheral lymphoid cell and therapy to cure parasitism once it has responses of sheep to gastrointestinal parasit- occurred. The middle area of manipulating the isms. Dissertation for the Ph.D. degree, Uni- microenvironment of a parasite and the triggers versity of Pennsylvania, 1972. a parasite needs to receive from this may , and Soulsby, E. J. L. 1976. Haemon- represent fruitful areas of development in the chns contortus infection in ewes. Blastogenic coming years. responses of peripheral blood leukocytes to The 1000th meeting of the Helminthological third stage larval antigen. Int. J. Parasit. 6: 135-141. Society of Washington may well be a time to Chernin, E. 1952. The epizootiology of Leu- judge whether at the lime of this 500th meet- cocijtozoon simondi infections in domestic ing we have provided a significant point of ducks in Northern Michigan. Amer. J. Hyg. departure for such future studies. 56: 39-57. Cohen, S. 1975. Immunoprophylaxis of Proto- Literature Cited zoal Diseases. In: Clinical Aspects of Im- munology. (Eds. Cell, P. G. H., Coombs, R. Alexander, J., and Vickerman, K. 1975. Fu- R. A. and Lachmann, P. J.) Blackwell, Ox- sion of host cell secondary lysosomes with ford, pp. 1649-1680. the parasitophorous vacuoles of Leishmania •, McGregor, I. A., and Carrington, S. mexicana infected macrophages. T. Proto- 1961. Gamma globulin and acquired immu- zool. 22: 502-508. nity to human malaria. Nature 192: 733- Allen, R. W., and Samson, K. S. 1961. Pre- 737. liminary report on the immunization of sheep with a relatively non pathogenic strain of Cornwell, R. L., and Jones, R. M. 1970. Im- Haemonchus from pronghom antelope. J. munity to Dictyocaulus viviparus in calves. Parasit. 47: 22. II Vaccination with normal larvae or larval Allison, A. C. 1963. Inherited factors in blood attenuated by triethylene melamine (TEM) conferring resistance to protozoa. In: Immu- or X-irradiation and exposure to experimen- nity to Protozoa (Eds. Garnham, P. C. C., tal challenge. Res. Vet. Sci. 11: 560-568. Pierce, A. E. and Roitt, I.) Blackwell, Ox- Damian, R. T., Greene, N. D., and Hubbard, ford, pp. 109-122. W. J. 1973. Occurrence of mouse a-2 mac- Amin, M. A., and Nelson, G. S. 1969. Studies roglobulin antigenic determinants on Schisto- on heterologous immunity in schistosomiasis. soma mansoni adults with evidence on their Bull. W.H.O. 41: 225-232. nature. J. Parasit. 59: 64-73. Boros, D., and Warren, K. S. 1970. Delayed Dawidowicz, K., Hernandez, A. G., Infante, hypersensitivity-type grantiloma formation R. B., and Convit, J. 1975. The surface and dermal reaction induced and elicited by membrane of Leishmania. I. The effects of a soluble factor isolated from Schistosoma lectins on different stages of Leishmania bra- mansoni eggs. J. Exp. Med. 132: 488-507. ziliensis. J. Parasit. 61: 950-953. Brown, K. N. 1974. Antigenic variation and Dean, D. A. 1974. Schistosoma mansoni: ad- immunity to malaria. In: Parasites in the sorption of human blood group A and B anti-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

gens by schistosomula. J. Parasit. 60: 260- plementary substances associated with tae- 263. niid metacestodes. In: Pathophysiology of Despommier, D. 1975. Adaptive changes in Parasitic Infection. (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.) muscle fibers infected with Trichinella spi- Academic Press, N.Y. pp. 233-241. ralis. Amer. J. Path. 78: 477-484. Hanson, W. L., Chien, J. J., Chapman, W. L., , and Muller, M. 1970. Functional an- and Roberson, E. L. 1974. Current status tigens of Trichinella spiralis. J. Parasit. 56: of vaccination against Chagas Disease. Use 76. of irradiated parasites. In: Parasitic Zoono- Duxbury, R. E., Saclun, E. H., and Anderson, ses. (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.). Academic Press, J. S. 1972. Experimental infections with New York, pp. 117-131. African trypanosomes. II. Immunization of Hart, P. D'Arcy, Armstrong, J. A., Brown, C. mice and monkeys with a gamma-irradiated, A., and Draper, P. 1972. Ultrastructural recently isolated human strain of Trt/pano- study of the behavior of macrophages toward soma rhodesiense. Amer. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. parasitic Mycobacteria. Infect. Immunol. 5: 21: 859-865. 803-807. Dwyer, D. M., Longreth, S. G., and Dwyer, Hawking, F. 1953. Milk diet, para-aminoben- N. K. 1974. Evidence for a polysaccharide zoic acid and malaria (P. berghei). Brit. surface coat in the developmental stages of Med. J. 1: 1201-1202. Leishmania donovani: a fine structure-cyto- . 1954. Milk, p-amino-benzoate and ma- chemical study. Z. Parasitenk. 43: 227-249. laria of rats and monkeys. Brit. Med. J. 1: Fairbairn, D. 1961. The in vitro hatching of 425. Ascaris lumbricodes eggs. Can. J. Zool. 39: 1975. Circadian and other rhythms of 153-162. parasites. Adv. Parasit. 13: 123-182. Friis, R. R. 1972. Interactions of L cells and Herd, R. P., Chappel, R. J., and Biddell, D. Chlamydia psittaci: Entry of the parasite 1975. Immunization of dogs against Echino- and host response to its development. J. coccus granulosus using worm secretory anti- Bact. 110: 706-721. gen. Int. J. Parasit. 5: 395-399. Froyd, G. 1964. The effect of post-infection Hirsch, J. G., Jones, T. C., and Len, L. 1974. serum on the infectability of calves with Interactions in vitro between Toxoplasma Taenia eggs. Brit. Vet. J. 120: 162-166. gondii and mouse cells. In: Parasites in the Gemmell, M. A. 1966. Immunological re- Immunized Host: Mechanisms of Survival. sponses of the mammalian host against CIBA Foundation Symposium 25 (New Se- tapeworm infections. IV. Species specificity ries) (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Knight, Julie) of hexacanth embryos in protecting sheep pp. 205-223. against Echinococcus granulosus. Immunol- ogy 11: 325-335. Hulliger, L., Brown, C. G. D., and Wilde, J. , and Macnamara, F. N. 1972. Immune K. H. 1965. Theileriosis (T. parva) im- response to tissue parasites. II. Cestodes. In: mune mechanism investigated in vitro. In: Immunity to Parasites (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. Progress in Protozoology. II. p. 37 Internat. L.) Academic Press, New York pp. 235-272. Congr. Protozool. Internat. Conf. Srs. No. 91, -, and Blundell-Hassell, S. K. and Mac- Amsterdam, Excerpts. Med. Foundation. namara, F. N. 1969. Immunological re- , , and . 1966. Transition sponses of the mammalian host against of developmental stages of Theileria parva tapeworm infections. IX The transfer via co- in vitro at high temperature. Nature 211: lostrum of immunity to Taenia hijdatigena. 328-329. Expt. Parasit. 26: 52-57. Irvin, A. D., Brown, C. G. D., and Stagg, D. Greenwood, B. N. 1974. Immunosuppression A. 1975a. Effects of Irradiation on a cul- in malaria and trypanosomiasis. In: Para- ture of parasitized bovine lymphoid cells. sites in the Immunized Host. Mechanisms Expt. Parasit. 38: 64-74. of Survival. (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Knight, , , Cunningham, M. P., Craw- Julie). CIBA Foundation Symposium 25 ford, J. G., and Ledger, M. A. 1973. (New Series) Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 137— Studies on Theileria parva in whole-body ir- 159. radiated mice. In: Isotopes and Radiation in Gwadz, R. W. 1976. Malaria: Successful Im- Parasitology III. Int. Atomic Energy Agency, munization against the sexual stages of Plas- Vienna, 1973, pp. 155-159. modium gallinaceum. Science 193: 1150- -, Stagg, D. A., Kanhai, G. K., 1151. and Rowe, L. N. 1975b. Hybrid cells, in- Hammerberg, B., Musoke, A. J., Hustead, S. fected with Theileria parva, formed by fu- T., and Williams, J. F. 1976. Anticom- sion of hamster and mouse cells with parasit-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 41

ized bovine lymphoid cells. Res. Vet. Sci. nity to metacestodes. Dissertation for the 19: 142-151. Ph.D. Degree, University of Pennsylvania Jarrett, W. F. H., Crighton, G. W., and Pirie, 1975. H. M. 1967. Quantitative and Ultrastruc- McLaren, D. J. 1976. Nematode Sense Organs. tural Studies on the Replication of Theileria Adv. Parasit. 14: 195-265. parva. In: The Reaction of the Host to Par- Mahoney, D. F. 1972. Immune response to asitism. Proc. 3rd Int. Conf. World Assn. hemoprotozoa II Babesia spp. In: Immunity Adv. Vet. Parasit. Lyons, France. (Ed. to Animal Parasites (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.) Soulsby, E. J. L.) Elwert, Marburg/Lahn, Academic Press, N.Y. pp. 302-341. pp. 280-287.' Mauel, J., Behin, R., Biroum-Roerjasin, and —•, Jennings, F. W., Mclntyre, W. I. M., Doyle, J. J. 1974. Survival and death of Mulligan, W., and Urquhart, G. M. 1960. Leishmania in macrophages. In: Parasites in Immunological studies on Dictyocaulus vivip- the Immunized Host: Mechanisms of Sur- arus infection. Immunity produced by the vival. (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Knight, Julie) administration of irradiated larvae. Immu- CIBA Foundation Symposium 25 (New Se- nology 3: 145-151. ries) Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 225-242. Jones, T. C., Len, L., and Hirsch, J. G. 1975. Manson-Bahr, P. E. C. 1963. Active immuni- Assessment in vitro of immunity against Toxo- zation in leishmaniasis. In: Immunity to plasma gondii. J. Exp. Med. 141: 466-482. Protozoa (Eds. Garnham, P. C. C., Pierce, A. Jones, V. E., and Ogilvie, B. M. 1972. Pro- E. and Roitt, I.) Blackwell, Oxford, pp. 246- tective Immunity to Nippostrongylus brasili- 252. ensis in the rat. III. Modulation of worm Michel, J. F. 1976. The epidemiology and con- acetyleholinesterase by antibodies. Immu- trol of some nematode infections in grazing nology 22: 119-129. animals. Adv. Parasit. 14: 355-397. Keith, R. K., and Bremncr, K. C. 1973. Im- Miller, L. H., Aikawa, M., and Dvorak, J. A. munization of calves against the nodular 1975. Malaria (Plasmodium knowlesi) mero- worm Oesophagostomum radiatum. Res. Vet. zoites: immunity and the surface coat. J. Sci. 15: 123-124. Immunol. 114: 1237-1242. Kress, Y., Bloom, B. R., Wittner, M., Rowen, , Mason, S. J., Dvorak, J. A., McGinniss, A., and Tanowitz, H. 1975. Resistance M. H., and Rothman, I. K. 1975. Eryth- of Trypanosoma cruzi to killing by macro- rocyte receptors for (Plasmodium knowlesi) phages. Nature 257: 394-396. malaria: Duffy Blood group determinants. Kusel, J. R., Sher, A., Perez, H., Clegg, J. A., Science 189: 561-563. and Smithers, S. R. 1975. Use of radio- Miller, T. A. 1967. Immunity of dogs to active isotopes in the study of specific schis- Ancylofttoma braziliense infection following tosome membrane antigens. In: Nuclear vaccination with x-irradiated Ancylostoma Techniques in Helminthology Research. In- caninum larvae. J. Amer. Vet. Med. Ass. ternational Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 150: 508. 1975, p. 127. . 1971. Vaccination against canine hook- Lackie, A. M. 1975. The activation of infec- worm disease. Adv. Parasit. 9: 153-183. tive stages of endoparasites of vertebrates. Minis, C. A. 1964. Aspects of the pathogenesis Biol. Rev. 50: 285-323. of virus diseases. Bact. Rev. 28: 30-71. Lemma, A., and Cole, L. 1974. Leishmania Mulligan, W. 1975. Preparation of radiation- enriettii Radiation effects and Evaluation of attenuated vaccines against helminth infec- Radioattenuated Organisms for Vaccination. tions. In: Nuclear Techniques in Helminthol- Expt. Parasit. 35: 161-169. ogy Research, International Atomic Energy Leventhal, R., and Soulsby, E. J. L. 1975. Agency, Vienna, 1975, pp. 1—11. Cuticular reactivity of early larval stages of Neilson, J. T. M. 1975. Failure to vaccinate Ascaris siiuin. Binding of fractions of im- lambs against Haemonchtis contortus with mune serum to the surface of infective and functional metabolic antigens identified by parasitic stage larvae as detected by the immunoelectrophoresis. Int. J. Parasit. 5: mixed antiglobulin test. Int. J. Parasit. 5: 427-430. 499-506. Nelson, G. S. 1974. Zooprophylaxis with spe- Levine, A. J., and Evans, T. C. 1942. Use of cial reference to schistosomiasis and filariasis. rocntgen radiation in locating an origin of In: Parasitic Zoonoses (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. host resistance to Trichinella spiralis infec- L.) Academic Press, pp. 273-285. tion. J. Parasit. 28: 477. , Teesdale, G., and Highton, R. B. Lloyd, S. S. 1975. Passive transfer of immu- 1962. The role of animals as reservoirs of

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

bilharziasis in Africa. In: Bilharziasis, CIBA Rickard, M. D., and Arundel, J. H. 1974. Foundation Symposium 1962, pp. 127-149. Passive protection of lambs against infection Nussenzweig, R., Vanderberg, J., and Most, H. with Taenia ovis via colostrum. Aust. Vet. J. 1969. Protective immunity produced by the 50: 22-24. injections of x-irradiated sporozoites of Plas- , and Bell, K. J. 1974. Successful vac- modium berghei. IV. Dose response, speci- cination of lambs against infection with Tae- ficity and humoral immunity. Mil. Med. 134: nia ovis using antigens produced during in 1176-1190. vitro cultivation of the larval stages. Res. Oelschlagel, F. J., Jr., Sander, B. J., and Vet. Sci. 12: 401-402. Brewer, G. J. 1975. Pyruvate kinase in Rogers, W. P. 1966. Exsheathment and hatch- Malaria host-parasite interaction. Nature ing mechanisms in helminths. In: Biology 255: 345-347. of Parasites (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.) Academic Ogilvie, B. M. 1974. Antigenic variation in the Press, N.Y. pp. 33-40. nematode Nippostrongylus brasiliensis. In: Rothschild, M. 1965. The rabbit flea and hor- Parasites in the Immunized Host: Mecha- mones. Endeavour 24: 162-168. nisms of Survival. (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Rothwell, T. L. W., and Merritt, G. C. 1975. Knight, Julie) CIBA Foundation Symposium Vaccination against the nematode Tricho- 25 (New Series) Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. strongylus colubriformis. II. Attempts to 81-100. protect guinea pigs with worm acetylcholin- , and Love, R. J. 1974. Cooperation esterase. Int. J. Parasit. 5: 453-460. between antibodies and cells in immunity Sadun, E. H., Yamaki, A., Lin, S. S., and to a nematode parasite. Transplant Rev. 19: Burke, J. C. 1961. Resistance induced in 147-168. mice and in monkeys with the Japanese and -, Rothwell, T. L. W., Bremner, K. C., Formosan strains of Schistosoma japonicum. Schnitzerling, H. J., Nolan, J., and Keith, ]. Parasit. 47(2): 48. R. K. 1973. Acetylcholinesterase secretion Sewell, M. H. H., and Gallic, G. J. 1974. by parasitic nematodes. I. Evidence for se- Immunological studies on experimental infec- cretion of the enzyme by a number of nema- tions with the larval stage of Taenia sagi- tode species. Int. J. Parasit. 3: 589-597. nata. In; Parasitic Zoonoses (Ed. Soulsby, •, and Wilson, R. J. M. 1976. Evasion E. J. L.) Academic Press, New York, pp. of the immune response by parasites. Brit. 187-193. Med. Bull. 32: 177-181. Silverstein, A. M., Uhr, J. W., Kraner, K. L., Parker, W. H., Roberts, H. E., Vallely, T. F., and Lukes, R. J. 1963. Fetal response to and Brown, F. T. 1959. Field trials of antigenic stimulus. II. Antibody production diethylcarbamazine against lungworms in cat- by the fetal lamb. J. Exp. Med. 117: 799- tle. Vet. Rec. 71: 509-513. 812. Phillips, R. S. 1971. Immunity of rats and Smithers, S. R., and Terry, R. J. 1976. The mice following injection with °°Co irradiated Immunology of Schistosomiasis. Adv. Parasit. Babesia rodhaini infected red cells. Parasi- 14: 399-422. tology 62: 221-231. Smyth, J. D. 1966. Studies on tapeworm phys- Radley, D. E., Brown, C. G. D., Burridge, M. iology. I. The cultivation of Schistocephalus J., Cunningham, M. P., Kirimi, I. M., solidus in vitro. J. Exp. Biol. 23: 47-70. Purnell, R. E., and Young, A. S. 1975a. . 1969. The Physiology of Cestodes, East Coast Fever: 1. Chemoprophylactic im- Freeman, San Francisco. munization of cattle against Theileria parva Sokolic, A., Jovanovic, M., Cuperlovic, K., and (Muguga) and five Theilerial strains. Vet. Movseijan, M. 1965. Vaccination against Parasit. 1: 35-41. Dictyocaulus filaria with irradiated larvae. , , Cunningham, M. P., Kimber, Brit. Vet. J. 121: 212. C. D., Musisi, F. L., Payne, R. C., Purnell, Solomon, G. B. 1969. Host hormones and par- R. E., Stagg, S. M., and Young, A. S. asitic infection. In: International Review of 1975b. East Coast Fever: 3. Chemopro- Tropical Medicine. (Eds. Lincicome, D. R. phylactic immunization of cattle using oxy- and Woodruff, A. W.) Academic Press, N.Y. tetracycline and a combination of Theileria pp. 101-158. strains. Vet. Parasit. 1: 51-60. Soulsby, E. J. L. 1957. Immunization against Rhodes, M. B., Nayak, D. P., and Kelley, G. Ascaris lumbricoides in the guinea pig. Na- W., Jr. 1965. Studies in helminth enzy- ture 179: 783. mology. VI. Immune responses to malic de- . 1961. Immunological studies on Cysti- hydrogenase from Ascaris suum. Expt. Para- cercus bovis infection in cattle. Polska Akad. sit. 16: 373-381. Nauk. Warszawa, 52-56.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 43

—. 1963. Immunological unresponsiveness cessful vaccination with irradiated larvae. to helminth infections in animals. Proc. 17th Amer. J. Vet. Res. 27: 1645-1648. Intl. Vet. Congr. Hannover 1: 761-767. Varela-Diaz, V. M. 1970. The immunoglobulin . 1971. Host-Reaction and non-reaction response to gastrointestinal parasitism in to Parasitic Organisms. In: Pathology of sheep. Dissertation for the Ph.D. Degree, Parasitic Diseases. (Ed. Gaafar, S. M.) Pur- University of Pennsylvania, 1970. due University Studies, Lafayette, Indiana, Vickerman, K. 1974. Antigenic variation in pp. 243-257. African trypanosomes. In: Parasites in the -, and Coombs, R. R. A. 1959. Studies Immunized Host: Mechanisms of Survival. on blood group substances associated with (Eds. Porter, Ruth and Knight, Julie) CIBA Ascaris lumbrlcoides. Parasitology 49: 505- Foundation Symposium 25 (New Series) El- 510. sevier, Amsterdam, pp. 53-80. Stromberg, B. E., Jr., and Soulsby, E. J. L. Weidner, E. 1975. Interactions between En- 1976. Unpublished data. cephalitozoon cuniculi and macrophages. Z. Sylk, S. R. 1969. Cytochrome c oxidase in mi- Parasitenk. 47: 1-9. grating larvae of Ascaris lumbricoides var. Wellde, B. T., and Sadun, E. H. 1967. Re- suum. Expt. Parasit. 24: 32-37. sistance produced in rats and mice by expo- Taylor, M. G. 1975. Towards the development sure to irradiated Plasmodium berghei. Expt. of a live vaccine for Schistosomiasis. In: Nu- Parasit. 21: 310-324. clear Techniques in Helminthology Research. International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, , Duxbury, R. E., Sadun, E. H., Lang- 1975, pp. 165-173. behn, H. R., Lotzsch, R., Deinal, G., and Thorson, R. E. 1956. The stimulation of ac- Warui, G. 1973. Experimental infections quired immunity in dogs by injection of ex- with African trypanosomes. IV. Immuniza- tracts of the esophagus of adult hookworm. tion of cattle with gamma irradiated Trypano- J. Parasit. 42: 501-504. soma rhodesiense. Expt. Parasit. 34: 62-68. Trager, W., and Jensen, J. B. 1976. Human Whitlock, J. H. 1966. The environmental bi- malaria parasites in continuous culture. Sci- ology of a nematode. In: Biology of Para- ence 193: 673-675. sites (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.) Academic Press, Tyzzer, E. E., and Honey, J. A. 1916. The N.Y. pp. 185-197. effects of radiation on the development of Wikerhauser, T., Zukovi£, M., and Dzakula, Trichinella spiralis with respect to its appli- N. 1971. Taenia saginata and T. hydati- cation to the treatment of other parasitic dis- gena: Intramuscular vaccination of calves eases. J. Parasit. 3: 43. with oncospheres. Expt. Parasit. 30: 36—40. Urquhart, G. M. 1961. Epizootiological and •, Zukovi£, M., Dzaula, M., and Maran, experimental studies on bovine cysticercosis B. 1974. Immunization of calves against in East Africa. J. Parasit. 47: 857-869. the infection with Taenia saginata. Intra- , Jarrett, W. F. H., Jennings, F. W., muscular and subcutaneous vaccination with Maclntyre, W. I. M., and Mulligan, W. the homologous oncospheres and eggs. In: 1966. Immunity to Haemonchus contortus Parasitic Zoonoses (Ed. Soulsby, E. J. L.) infection. Relationship between age and suc- Academic Press, New York, pp. 195-197.

Editor's Note Authors submitting manuscripts of a survey or taxonomic nature for publication in the Proceedings of the Helminthological Society of Wash- ington are urged to deposit representative specimens in a recognized depository such as the National Parasite Collection at Beltsville, Maryland and include the accession numbers in the manuscript.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Notes on the Biology of Plagiorchis noblei Park, 1936 (Trematoda: Plagiorchiidae)

HARVEY D. BLANKESPOOR1 Department of Zoology, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010 and Iowa Lakeside Laboratory, Milford, Iowa 51351

ABSTRACT: Several aspeets of the parasite-host relationships of larval and adult Plagiorchis noblei were investigated. In the laboratory, eggs and metacercariae were infective for a longer time than had previously been reported. Cercariae of P. noblei from naturally infected lymnaeid snails showed marked nocturnal periodicity. Examination of more than 4,000 naturally occurring adult Lymnaca stagnaUs and Stagnicola reflexa revealed that the highest prevalence of infection with this plagi- orchiid trematode occurred from August to early October. Prevalence of adult worms in red-winged and yellow-headed blackbirds collected in the same area peaked in late June to early August.

Digenetic trematodes of the genus Plagior- nated eggs incubated at room temperature in chis Liihe, .1899, are intestinal parasites found filtered lake water. Snails were reared and in nearly every class of vertebrates, but partic- maintained in aquaria on a diet of lettuce, fish ularly in birds and mammals. Most known life pellets and oyster shells. histories of Plagiorchis involve lymnaeid snails Cercariae of P. noblei, showing nocturnal and aquatic insects as first and second inter- periodicity, were obtained by first placing in- mediate hosts, respectively. Knowledge of life fected snails under fluorescent light for 24 cycles of members of this genus was summa- hours and then in total darkness for an addi- rized by Buttner and Vacher (1960). tional hour. Various species of aquatic insect Plagiorchis noblei was described by Park larvae were exposed to these cercariae. Mos- (1936) from a collection of 20 specimens re- quitoes and certain chironomids were reared covered from the small intestines of red-winged from eggs; other species were collected from blackbirds, Agelaius phoeniceus. Of the more tertiary ponds at the Ames Sewage Plant than 45 species included in the genus Plagior- (Ames, Iowa). Because these ponds contained chis at that time, P. noblei most closely resem- no lymnaeid snails, naturally occurring infec- bled P. maculosus (Rudolphi, 1802) Braun, tions of Plagiorchis were not present. Dragon- 1902, from mice. Certain aspects of the life fly naiads, individually isolated in finger bowls history of Plagiorchis noblei have been studied to prevent cannibalism, were fed small aquatic by Williams (1964a, b), Daniell (1964) and arthropods obtained from the same ponds. Daniell and Ulmer (1964). These studies, Birds used in this study were either reared however, have been published only in the form from eggs under helminth-free conditions of brief abstracts. Additional life cycle data (house sparrows) or were purchased as newly resulting from experimental studies on host- hatched young from suppliers (domestic parasite relationships of P. noblei are presented chicks). Newly hatched birds were placed in in this study. artificial nests and transferred to a simple incu- bator constructed of wire mesh, wood and a Materials and Methods heating pad. Adults were maintained on a Eggs of Plagiorchis noblei were recovered mixture of coarse game-scratch and 26% grain from naturally infected red-winged blackbirds balancer (nonantibiotic). Occasionally, insect (Agelaius phoeniceus). Gravid worms were larvae (Tenebrio molitor and Musca domestica) placed in petri dishes containing boiled lake were used to supplement this diet. water and teased apart to obtain the eggs. Laboratory-reared Stagnicola reflexa and Lym- Summary of Life Cycle naea stagnaUs were exposed to fully embryo- The life cycle of Plagiorchis noblei involves at least two species of snails, Stagnicola reflexa 1 Present address: Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109. and Lymnaea stagnaUs. Following ingestion of

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 45

TIME (HOURS)

Figure 1. Cercarial emergence of P. noblei from three naturally infected lymnaeid snails at hourly intervals during a continuous 48 hours of natural light and darkness. embryonated eggs, miracidia hatch, penetrate when experimentally fed to yellow-headed the gastropod's digestive tract, then elongate to blackbirds (Daniell, 1964). form mother sporocysts on the outer surface Definitive hosts acquire P. noblei by inges- of the intestine. Daniell (1964) observed fully tion of infected second intermediate hosts. developed miracidia within the eggs two days Experimental hosts include domestic chicks after they were expelled from adult flukes. (Gallus gallus), yellow-headed blackbirds (Xan- Daughter sporocysts produced by mother thocephalus xanthocephalus) and red-winged sporocysts migrate to the hepatopancreas of the blackbirds (Agelaius phoeniceus) (Daniell, snail and produce large numbers of xiphidio- 1964). Blankespoor (1974) found that at least cercariae approximately 40 days after the egg 17 species of birds and mammals are capable was ingested. Daniell (1964) and Williams of harboring experimental infections of this (1964b) observed nocturnal periodicity of cer- species. cariae shed from Stagnicola rejlexa. Cercariae penetrate and encyst in a variety of aquatic Experimental Results second intermediate hosts including odonates, Egg dipterans, caddisflies, mayflies and amphipocls Data from this study indicate that labora- (Daniell, 1964; Williams, 1964a). tory-reared S. reflexa became infected when According to Daniell and Ulmer (1964), exposed to eggs of P. noblei 84 hours following metacercariae of P. noblei are infective seven extrusion from adult worms. Furthermore, ex- days or less after cercarial penetration into perimental infections could still be established immature insects (damselfly and dragonfly in snails 43 days after eggs had been main- naiads and midge larvae). Williams (1964a), tained in the laboratory at room temperature. working with the same trematode species, found metacercariae to be infective four to six Cercaria days after cercarial penetration of a mosquito, DIEL PERIODICITY: The following investiga- Aedes aegypti. Metacercariae encysted in tion was undertaken to obtain more precise dragonfly naiads for 36 days were still infective information on cercarial emergence of P. noblei

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

400-

LIGHT

DARKNESS

£ 300- S. REFLEXA oc L. STAGNALIS u L. STAGNALIS ec in U f g 200- O

KXH

TIME (HOURS)

Figure 2. Cercarial emergence of P. noblei from three naturally infected lymnaeid snails during alter- native three-hour periods of light and darkness.

during alternating periods of light and dark- experiment were again individually isolated in ness. Two days before hourly counts of finger bowls and then subjected to alternating cercarial emergence began, three naturally in- three-hour periods of light and darkness. How- fected lymnaeid snails were individually iso- ever, during this experiment, a constant lated in finger bowls containing lake water temperature of 19-20 C was maintained. and were then maintained under natural con- Cercariae emerged from these snails almost ditions of light and darkness. At hourly in- entirely during periods of darkness (Fig. 2). tervals for two consecutive days, each snail SEASONAL PERIODICITY: During the summer was transferred to another bowl containing and fall of 1969 (June-October), 4,361 snails, fresh water at the same temperature. Cer- representing two lymnaeid species (S. reflexa cariae that had emerged during the previous and L. stagnalis) were collected in nature, in- hour were then fixed in 5% formalin and sub- dividually isolated in the laboratory, and ex- sequently counted. amined for natural infections of P. noblei. As shown in Figure 1, cercariae of P. noblei Twenty-two of 2,691 (0.82%) S. reflexa and exhibit pronounced nocturnal periodicity, but 19 of 1,676 (1.13%) L. stagnalis harbored the time of maximum emergence appears to natural infections of P. noblei. Natural infec- vary with individual gastropod hosts. Of a tions from both species of snails over the entire total of 15,218 cercariae from these snails, period averaged 0.94% (41 of 4,361). Per- 10,957 (72%) were shed between 8:30 PM centages of infection are based, however, on and 5:30 AM. In these experiments, water tem- numbers of snails actually shedding cercariae peratures varied in accordance with ambient and do not take into account all those with temperatures. To determine if declining tem- prepatent infections. Figure 3 summarizes peratures at night relate to nocturnal period- monthly percentages of naturally infected icity, another set of experiments was under- snails. Infections remained below one per cent taken. The three snails used in the above until August and September. Rate of natural

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 47

JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT

TIME (MONTHS) Figure 3. Percentage of naturally infected Stagnicola reflexa and Lymnaea stagnalis shedding cercariae of P. noblei. infection in S. reflexa reached a peak of 1.14% nearly 10 days, whereas those maintained at (6 of 525) in August, whereas 4.33% (16 of temperatures of 16 and 30 C survived for 370) of L. stagnalis harbored infections of P. only 90 and 18 hours, respectively. Cercariae noblei in September. Infections of P. noblei in maintained in water at 4, 16 and 30 C were both species of mollusks declined in late Sep- unable to penetrate second intermediate hosts tember and October. after 38, 18 and 6 hours, respectively. EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE OF LONGEVITY AND INFECTIVITY: Cercariae of P. noblei may live Metacercaria as long as 30 hours in lake water at room tem- perature. However, the ability of cercariae to The range of infectivity of metacercariae of penetrate the cuticle of second intermediate P. noblei in dragonfly naiads (Aeschna) was hosts ceases approximately 12 hours after emerg- shown to vary from 66 hours to at least 80 ing from the snail. In a study to determine days. Domestic chicks (three to seven days the longevity and length of infectivity of these old) served as definitive hosts during this ex- cercariae maintained at various temperatures periment. (4, 16 and 30 C), approximately 250 were isolated in each of three petri dishes containing Adults filtered lake water. Temperature has a very LOCATION OF DEFINITIVE HOST: In nearly all pronounced effect on longevity of these cer- natural and experimental infections of P. noblei, Those maintained at 4 C lived for adults were recovered from the posterior por-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

100

90- ||| XANTHOCEPHALUS XANTHOCEPHALUS

80- | AGELAIUS PHOENICEUS

70- () ANIMALS EXAMINED (34)

60-

50-

40-

30-

20-

10-

APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG

TIME (MONTHS)

Figure 4. Seasonal prevalence of P. noblei in two species of blackbirds, 1967-69. tion of the host's intestine. However, in experi- the Iowa State University campus. These birds mentally infected chicks, worms often gathered had been maintained in captivity for at least in that area of the intestine to which the resid- three months before exposures were made. ual yolk was attached. In heavy experimental Fecal examinations of these birds, as well as infections, adult flukes were recovered along autopsies of six additional sparrows collected the entire length of the intestine, and occa- from the same site and used as controls, re- sionally a few worms were found in the in- vealed no plagiorchiid infections. Beginning testinal ceca. three weeks after exposure of these hosts to LONGEVITY: The longevity of adult P. noblei metacercariae, sparrows were sacrificed at in experimental infections varied markedly weekly intervals. Results of these experiments among different species of avian hosts and was (Table 1) indicate that infections of P. noblei longer in passerine than in galliform hosts. For can remain in adult house sparrows for at least example, adults in young domestic chicks usu- 60 days. ally disappeared after eight or nine days. To SEASONAL PERIODICITY: During a three-year determine the life span of this plagiorchiid spe- study (1967-69), 130 red-winged and yellow- cies in passerine birds, house sparrows (Passer headed blackbirds were examined for natural domesticus) were used. Laboratory-reared chi- infections of adult P. noblei. Sixty-two percent ronomids (Chironomus tentans), infected with (80 of 130) harbored these trematodes. Forty- approximately 15 metacercariae each, were eight of 93 (52%) red-winged blackbirds and exposed to each of ten sparrows collected on 32 of 37 (87%) yellow-headed blackbirds were

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 49

Table 1. Longevity of experimental infections ol Discussion adult /'. noblei in adult house sparrows (Passer domcsticus).'-' The genus Plagiorchis represents more than 140 species that are cosmopolitan in distribu- Number Days tion. The success of P. noblei, a typical repre- Date of adults post examination recovered exposure sentative of the genus, is based on the relatively long infective periods of the egg and meta- January 21 5 22 January 27 3 28 cercariae, low degree of host specificity of February 2 5 34 larvae and adults, reduced pathogenicity of February 8 0 40 adult worms, and its ability to develop in com- February 14 0 46 monly occurring molluscan, arthropod and February 20 0 53 February 28 12 61 vertebrate hosts. Lymnaeid snails, insects and March 6 0 68 passerine birds, all associated with an aquatic March 13 0 75 environment, serve as first, second, and defini- March 20 0 82 tive hosts, respectively. All exposures made on December 30, 1967. It has been established that light and dark- ness are important factors controlling cercarial emergence of many digenetic trematodes. infected. Monthly percentages of natural in- Macy (1960), working with Plagiorchis vesper- fections of these hosts are shown in Figure 4. tilionis parorchis, concluded that darkness pre- Birds were collected and examined weekly ceded by light was necessary to induce shed- from the time they arrived in northwestern ding of cercariae from the snail. Cercariae of Iowa (April and May) until they migrated Plagiorchis micracanthos from Lymnaea exilis (August and September) to their southern emerge during darkness (Wagenbach and wintering grounds in the fall. Of 19 red- Alldredge, 1974). Similarly, cercariae of P. winged blackbirds examined before May 10, noblei show marked diel and seasonal period- only a single bird harbored one adult (im- icity. In the present study, nocturnal period- mature) P. noblei. The earliest natural infec- icity of P. noblei was demonstrated by subject- tion with this trematode in yellow-headed ing infected lymnaeid snails to normal diel and blackbirds was recovered on May 25. These to alternating three-hour periods of light and data suggest that birds migrating northward darkness. in the spring are uninfected, and that infec- During the summers of 1967-69, more than tions are acquired at the nesting grounds. In- 4,000 adult Lymnaea stagnalis and Stagnicola fected gastropods (S. reflexa and L. stagnalis) reflexa were examined for natural cercarial in- or overwintering dragonfly naiads harboring fections of P. noblei. These data show that the metacercariae of P. noblei probably serve as incidence of cercarial infections declined from sources of infection in the spring. May to July, but then peaked in August and Percentages of naturally infected blackbirds early September, and suggest that snails that continue to increase through July; all nine harbor over-wintering sporocyst infections shed yellow-headed blackbirds and 12 of 18 red- cercariae in the spring and early summer, but winged blackbirds examined in July were in- die with the advent of warmer temperatures. In fected. This increase probably resulted from the meantime, young snails recruit infections greater consumption of naturally infected during the breeding season of the definitive second intermediate hosts. hosts. In midsummer, these newly acquired infections begin producing cercariae. After July, fewer red-winged and yellow- Although adults of P. noblei show a low headed blackbirds were available for exami- degree of host specificity, the length of time nation. Nearly all of them, having completed they remain in the definitive host varies con- their nesting season by early August, had con- siderably with the host species. In passerine gregated in preparation for fall migration. Be- birds, presumed to be the natural final hosts, cause the summer residence of many of these experimental infections remained for at least birds was unknown, only those in established two months. However, in galliforms, adult territories were collected. worms were never found after ten days post

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

exposure. Furthermore, infections of P. noblei chiidae: Trematoda). Am. Midi. Nat. 92: only become established in very young chicks. 415-433. Dogiel et al. (1964) categorized parasites Buttner, A., and C. Vacher. 1960. Recherches of migrating birds into four groups: (1) ubiq- dur le developpement et 1'identification de uitous species parasitizing their host through- Plagiorchis (Multiglandularis) cirratus (Ru- out the year in the southern (wintering grounds) dolphi 1802). I. Etude du cycle evolutif. Ann. Parasit. Hum. Comp. 35: 268-281. and northern (nesting grounds) areas; (2) Daniell, D. L. 1964. Parasites of the yellow- southern forms infecting birds only in the headed blackbird (Xanthocephalus xantho- wintering grounds; (3) northern parasites in- cephalus) and experimental studies on the fecting their hosts only in the nesting habitats; life cycle of the trematode Plagiorchis noblei. and (4) species infecting birds only during mi- Unpublished M.S. Thesis. Library, Iowa State gration flights. It is apparent from the present University of Science and Technology, Ames, study that adults of Plagiorchis noblei fall into Iowa. 84 p. category three. During the summers (1967— , and M. J. Ulmer. 1964. Life cycle of 69), the incidence of natural infections in both Plagiorchis noblei Park, 1936 (Trematoda: Plagiorchiidae) (Abstract). J. Parasit. 50: 46. the red-winged and the yellow-headed black- Dogiel, V. A., Y. I. Polyanski, and E. J. Kheisin. birds continued to rise through July. However, 1964. General Parasitology. Oliver and Boyd, infections decreased in late summer and early Edinburgh, Scotland, ix -f- 516 p. fall. These trends are anticipated because the Macy, R. W. 1960. The life cycle of Plagiorchis blackbirds begin changing their diet from vespertilionis parorchis, n. sp. (Trematoda: arthropods to seeds after the breeding season Plagiorchiidae), and observations on the ef- (July). fects of light on the emergence of cercariae. J. Parasit. 46: 337-345. Acknowledgments Park, J. T. 1936. New trematodes from birds, This study was supported in part by NSF Plagiorchis noblei sp. nov. and Galactosomum humbargari sp. nov. (Heterophytidae). Trans. grant GB 5465X and NIH Predoctoral Fellow- Am. Micr. Soc. 55: 360-365. ship grant 1-F1-GM-38, 055-01. Appreciation Wagenbach, G. E., and A. L. Alldredge. 1974. is extended to Dr. Martin J. Ulmer for super- Effect of light on the emergence pattern of vising this project and to Drs. W. F. Hollander Plagiorchis micracanthos cercariae from Stag- and W. J. Miller of the Genetics Department nicola exilis. J. Parasit. 60: 782-785. (Iowa State University) for providing mice. Williams, R. R. 1964a. Life cycle of Plagiorchis Finally, thanks are due to Mr. M. L. Williams noblei Park, 1936 (Abstract). J. Parasit. 50: of De Kalb Hatchery of Roland, Iowa for 29. supplying large numbers of chicks. . 1964b. Life history studies on four digenetic trematodes that utilize Lymnaea Literature Cited (Stagnicola-) reflexa (Say) as their first inter- Blankespoor, H. D. 1974. Host-induced varia- mediate host in a temporary pond habitat. tion in PJagiarchis noblei Park, 1936 (Plagior- Dissertation Abstracts 24: 4885.

ANNOUNCEMENT: LIFE MEMBERS At the 500th Meeting of the Society four Life Members were elected. They are: David R. Lincicome Benjamin Schwartz Margaret A. Stirewalt Willard Wright

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 . 5]_

Six New Species of Tetraphyllidean Cestodes, Including a New Genus, from a Marine Stingray Himantura schmardae (Werner, 1904) from Colombia1 DANIEL R. BROOKS Parasitology Section, Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi 39564

ABSTRACT: Six species of tetraphyllidean cestodes are described from the marine stingray Himantura schmardae from the Caribbean coast of Colombia. The new genus Acanthobothroides is proposed for A. thorsoni which has outer bothridial hooks characteristic of members of Acanthobothrium and inner bothridial hooks similar to those of species of Onchobothrium. Acanthobothrium himan- turi differs from A. southwelli by having an average of 47 rather than 34 testes per proglotticl, a larger cirrus sac, and unequal ovarian lobes; it differs from A. brevissime in having hooks av- eraging 138 nm rather than 115 /zm in total length, 47 rather than 25 testes, and a distinct ovarian isthmus, and by lacking a prominent genital atrium. Acanthobothrium tasajerasi differs from A. brevissime by having hooks averaging 165 /um rather than 115 ^m and larger bothridia; it differs from A. dujardinii by having smaller hooks, a prominent genital atrium and an indistinct ovarian isthmus. Caulobothrium anacolum differs from all other members of the genus by having a cephalic peduncle which is considerably shorter than the strobila, acraspedote proglottids, and quadrate rather than canoe-shaped bothridia which lack a median longitudinal septum. Rhinebothrium mag- niphallum has a cirrus sac which is relatively much larger than any other known species. It re- sembles R. monodi and R. scobinae in number of bothridial loculi, R. hawaiiensis, R. euzeti, and R. cadenati in number of testes per proglottid, and R. scobinae and R. cadenati in lacking a median longitudinal septum. Rhinebothrium tetralobatum resembles R. spinicephalum by having two testes and craspedote proglottids, but differs by having 50 to 54 rather than 32 to 34 bothridial loculi and 82 to 100 rather than 36 to 49 proglottids per strobila. The ovary resembles that of R. lintoni, but has four lobes rather than six to eight.

The genus Himantura Miiller and Henle, Materials and Methods 1837 (Chondrichthyes: Dasyatidae) comprises Locai fishermen harpooned rays at night in approximately 12 species of marine and estua- the Caribbean Sea 15 kilometers west of La rine stingrays distributed throughout the west- Cienaga, Departamento Magdalena, Colombia ern Indo-Pacific Ocean and Red Sea regions, and kept them ahve in seawater over night one species from the Pacific coast of Costa Worms were fixed in situ or remOved from the Rica, and one species from the Caribbean Sea. host; reiaxed in coid seawatei- and fixed with Little is known about their parasitic helminths: AFA All were stored in 7Q% ethanol whole Williams (1964) described two species of tetra- mounts were stained with Ehriich>s acid hema. phyllidean cestodes from Himantura granulosa toxylin and mounted in Ristoclad. Serial cross- (Macleay) from Australia and Diaz-Ungna sectionSj cut at 8 micra and stained with hema. (1973) reported a nematocle, Echmocephalus toxylin-eosin, were used to confirm some aspects ungriai Troncy, 1969 (erroneously reported ()f prOgiottid morphology. Mean values and from Potamotrygon hystnx), from H. schmar- standard deviations are included for some char- ge (Werner) from Lake Maracaibo m Vene- acters Measurements are in micra unless other- zuela. This report describes six new species of wise stated. figures were drawn with the aid tetrapliyllideans from H. schmardae from the c rir.1vvl-11(y Caribbean coast of Colombia^_^ 11' . O Cestoidea 1 Funds for this study were provided through a grant from the National Geographic Society to Dr. T. B. ,, ,i , , . , Thorson, University of Nebraska. AcanthobothrOtdeS gen. n. Part of this study was conducted in cooperation with the U.S. Department of Commerce, NOAA, Office of Sea DIAGNOSIS: Olicliobothriidae. Scolex with Grant, under Grant No. 04-5-158-54. The U.S. govern- .. -i . • , . i .1 • T i . i -, ment is authorized to produce and distribute reprints for tour SBSSlle, tlTSCptate bothridia each With apical and pad armed with pair of dissimilar

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

b°o°o?>o o ^00 O^«*w(-u rv

-i^^ . u c- c^ot_^- Vty <^ ^

Figures 1-5. Actmthobothroides thorsoni. I. Scolcx. 2. Bothridial hooks. 3. Proglottid with tcstes. 4. Proglottid without testes but with sperm in vas deierens. 5. Gravid proglottid.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 53

hooks; outer bothridial hooks bifid with handle, HOST: Himantura schmardae. inner hooks with single prong and base. Genital SITE: Spiral valve. pores marginal, irregularly alternating. Ovary LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of bilobed in frontal view, X-shaped in cross- La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia. section. Vitellaria follicular, in marginal area HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73959. of proglottid. Parasites of elasmobranchs. Type Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73960; and only species: Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Mantcr Lab. No. 20259. Acanthobothroides thorsoni sp. n. ETYMOLOGY: The generic name means Acan- (Figs. 1-5) thobothrium-\ike, and is masculine in gender. The species is named in honor of Dr. Thomas DESCRIPTION (based on 6 specimens): Stro- B. Thorson, University of Nebraska. bila slightly craspedote, anapolytic, up to 400 Three known genera of tetraphyllidcan ces- mm long; composed of up to 700 proglottids. todes possess armed, triseptate bothriclia, vitel- Internal musculature as follows: single layer line follicles restricted to the lateral margins of with bundles of longitudinal muscles immedi- the proglottids, and ovaries which appear X- ately below basement membrane of tegument; shaped when seen in cross-section: Onchoboth- few poorly developed and poorly organized rium Blainville, 1828; Acanthobothrium Bene- circular muscles in cortex; ring of longitudinal den, 1850; and Calliobothriuin Beneden, 1850. muscle bundles central to circular muscles. The morphology of the outer bothridial hooks Scolex 665-1080 long by 820-1150 wide. Both- of Acanthobothroides thorsoni is typical of spe- riclia 675-880 long by 160-220 wide; anterior cies of Acanthobothrium while the inner hooks loculus 410-513 long, middle loculus 190-247, resemble those of members of Onchobothrium. posterior loculus 76-95. Ratio of loculi lengths The new genus is proposed because of this 1: 0.5: 0.2. Outer bothridial hooks 168-198 composite nature of the bothridial armature. long; handle 66-90, inner prong 90-108, outer prong 90-108. Inner bothridial hooks 220-288 Acanthobothrium himanturi sp. n. long; base 162-168 long. Cephalic peduncle 4.5-20 mm long. Immature proglottids wider (Figs. 7, 9, 11) than long. Proglottids containing testes 852- DESCRIPTION (n = number of measurements 876 long by 1560-1680 wide. Testes occupy- used): Strobila acraspedote, apolytic, 3.84— ing anterior V-2 of proglottid, 87-97 in number, 9.30 mm long; composed of 17-26 (n = 40) 90-145 in diameter; 12-15 postporally, 26-36 proglottids. Scolex 240-350 (x = 300, n = 20) preporally, 46-50 antiporally. Cirrus sac near long by 247-360 (x = 310, n = 20) wide, mid-proglottid, 415-504 long by 180-240 wide, composed of four sessile, triseptate bothriclia; containing spined eversible cirrus. Genital pore each bothridium with apical sucker and pad, 50% of proglottid length from anterior end. armed with pair of bifid hooks. Bothridia 297— Vagina anterior to cirrus sac; vaginal sphincter 432 (x = 372, n = 40) long by 111-185 (x = present. Ovary follicular, 468-852 long by 161, n = 40) wide; anterior loculus 142—185 648-1080 wide at isthmus. Vitcllmc follicles (x = 163) long, middle loculus 42-111 (x = extending entire length of proglottid. Proglot- 73), posterior loculus 31-86 (x = 64). Ratio tids not containing testes but with sperm in the of loculi lengths 1: 0.45: 0.40. Apical sucker vas deferens 948-2160 long by 900-1500 wide. 20-62 (x = 45) in diameter, pad 105-167 (x Genital pore 41—45% of proglottid length from = 157) in diameter. Hook formula (modified anterior end. Gravid proglottids 1220-2200 from that of Euzet, 1956) for 40 hooks: long by 636-720 wide. Genital pore 36-41% 43-61 (52 ± 4) 86-116 (101 ± 7) 73-99 (86 ± 6) of proglottid length from anterior end. Ovary 119-157 (138 ± 10) 780-960 long by 420-580 wide. Vitelline fol- Cephalic peduncle 0.3-1.0 mm long. Immature licles extending from level of ovarian isthmus proglottids wider than long; mature ones 0.78— to near anterior end. Uterus saccate with irreg- 1.26 mm long by 0.18-0.34 mm wide. Testes ular shallow constrictions, occupying most avail- in anterior % of proglottid, 38-57 (47 ± 5, n able preovarian space. Eggs 10-20, unembryo- = 90) in number, 29-58 in diameter; 6-12 (9 nated. ± 1.5) postporally, 9-17 (13 ± 2) preporally,

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTIIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Figures 6-11. Acanthobothrium hitnanturi and A. tasajerasi. 6. Scolex of A. tasajerasi. 7. Scolex of A. hitnanturi. 8. Bothridial hooks of A. tasajerasi. 9. Bothridial hooks of A. hitnanturi. 10. Mature proglottid of A. tasajerasi. 11. Mature proglottid of A. hitnanturi.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 55

18-30 (25 ± 2) antiporally. Cirrus sac near long, middle loculus 80-130 (x = 100), pos- midproglottid, 120-180 long by 96-144 wide, terior loculus 70-100 (x = 80). Ratio of loculi containing spined eversible cirrus. Genital lengths 1: 0.5: 0.4. Apical sucker 37-62 (x = atrium indistinct. Genital pore 40-48% of 50) in diameter, pad 111-185 (x = 130) in proglottid length from anterior end, irregularly diameter. Hook formula (modified from that alternating. Vagina anterior to cirrus sac; of Euzet, 1956) for 60 hooks: vaginal sphincter present. Ovary near posterior 52-64 (58 ±3) 110-130 (119 ±4) 90-114 (102 ±6) end of proglottid, bilobed in frontal view, X- 152-178 (165 ±6) shapecl in cross-section, 480-600 long by 120- Cephalic peduncle 144-240 long. Scolex and 180 wide at isthmus in terminal proglottids; peduncle spinose. Immature proglottids wider ovarian lobes unequal length, aporal lobes than long; mature ones 468-840 long by 264- reaching level of anterior margin of cirrus sac, 360 wide. Testes in anterior % of proglottid, poral lobes reaching posterior margin of cirrus 19-33 (26 ± 3, n = 70) in number, 15-30 in sac. Isthmus near posterior end of ovary. Vitel- diameter; 2-5 (3 ± 1) postporally, 5-12 (9 ± line follicles extending from level of isthmus to 2) preporally, 9-20 (15 ± 2) antiporally. Cir- near anterior end, 10-15 in diameter. rus sac spherical, 120-180 in diameter, contain- HOST: Himantura schmardae. ing spined eversible cirrus. Genital atrium SITE: Spiral valve. prominent. Genital pore 37-43% of proglottid LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of length from anterior end, irregularly alternat- La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia. ing. Vagina anterior to cirrus sac, vaginal HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73963. sphincter present. Ovary bilobed in frontal Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73964; view, X-shaped in cross-section, 240-384 long Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. by 60-144 wide at isthmus in terminal proglot- 20260. tids; isthmus not distinct; ovarian lobes un- ETYMOLOGY: The specific name refers to the equal, aporal lobes reaching level of anterior genus of host. margin of cirrus sac, poral lobes reaching pos- Acanthobothrium himanturi most closely re- terior margin of cirrus sac. Vitelline follicles sembles A. brevissime Linton, 1908 as rede- extending length of proglottid, 15-20 in di- scribed by Goldstein (1964) and Campbell ameter. (1969) and A. southwelli Subhapradha, 1955. HOST: Himantura schmardae. It differs from A. southwelli by possessing a SITE: Spiral valve. much larger cirrus sac, an average 47 rather LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of than 34 testes per proglottid, and unequal La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia. ovarian lobes. It differs from A. brevissime by HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73961. having an average of 47 rather than 25 testes Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73962; per proglottid, an indistinct genital atrium, and Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. hooks averaging 138 micra in total length 20261. ETYMOLOGY: The specific name is derived rather than 115 micra. from the Tasajeras Fishing Cooperative, where the author obtained the hosts. Acanthobothrium tasajerasi sp. n. This species also bears some resemblance to (Figs. 6, 8, 10) Acanthobothrium brevissime. It has a similar DESCRIPTION (11 = number of measurements number of testes per proglottid, lacks a distinct used): Strobila acraspedote, apolytic, 2.5-5.5 ovarian isthmus, and has a prominent genital mm long, composed of 11—18 proglottids (n — atrium. The hooks of A. tasajerasi average 165 20). Scolex 309-384 (x = 340, n = 20) long micra in total length while those of A. brevis- by 240-371 (x = 310, n = 20) wide, composed sime average 115 micra. Acanthobothrium of four sessile, triseptate bothridia; bothridia tasajerasi further differs from A. dujardinii by each with apical sucker and pad, armed with possessing a prominent genital atrium and lack- pair of bifid hooks. Bothridia 336-429 (x = ing a distinct ovarian isthmus; additionally, A. 387, n = 10) long by 123-167 (x = 154, n = dujardinii has hooks 180 to 210 micra long 10) wide; anterior loculus 175-215 (x = 190) rather than 152 to 178 micra.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 56 PROCEEDINGS OE THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Figures 12-13. Stolcx of Caulobothrium anacolum. 12. Bothridia relaxed. 13. Bothridia contracted. Figure 14. Scolex of Rhinebothrium tetralobatum. Figure 15. Scolex of Rhinebothrium magniphallum.

Caulobothrium anacolum sp. n. 5-7 (6) preporally, 18-27 (23) antiporally. (Figs. 12-13, 19) Cirrus sac in anterior % of proglottid, 144-216 long by 108-178 wide, containing spined ever- DESCRIPTION (n = number of measurements sible cirrus. Genital atrium inconspicuous. used): Strobila acraspedote, apolytic, 6.8-15.4 Genital pore 19-29% of proglottid length from mm long, composed of 13-32 (n = 30) pro- anterior end, irregularly alternating. Vagina glottids. Scolex with four pedicellated, quad- anterior to cirrus sac; vaginal sphincter present; rate bothridia; pedicels 50-150 long, wider at posterior portion expanded to form seminal bothridium than at trunk; bothridia 648-804 receptacle. Ovary bilobed in frontal view, X- long by 324-700 wide, with 22-23 transverse shaped in cross-section, follicular, 144-312 long septa forming 23—24 total loculi; median longi- by 96—300 \vide at isthmus in tci'minal pro- tudinal septum absent. Cephalic peduncle glottids. Vitelline follicles extending length of 120-360 long. Immature proglotticls wider proglottid, 12-60 in diameter. than long; mature ones 1.14-2.54 mm long by HOST: Himantura schmardae. 0.38 mm wide. Testes in anterior % of pro- SITE: Spiral valve. glottid, 34-45 (x = 41, 11 = 20) in number, LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of 54-138 in diameter; 10-14 (12) postporally, La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 57

Figure 16. Mature proglottid of Rhinebothrium tetralobatum. Figure 17. Mature proglottid of Rhine- bothrium magniphallum. Figure 18. Advanced mature proglottid of Rhinebothrium tetralobatum, drawn to same scale as 17. Figure 19. Mature proglottid of Caulobothrium anacolum.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73969. Ovary near posterior end of proglottid, lobes Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73970; fused posteriorly, X-shaped in cross-section, Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. 116-238 long by 29-87 wide at isthmus in 20265. terminal proglottids. Vitelline follicles extend- ETYMOLOGY: The specific name is derived ing entire length of proglottid, may be conflu- from Greek "anakolos" meaning stunted or ent posterior to ovary, 10-35 in diameter. shortened, and refers to the relative length of HOST: Himantura schmardae. the peduncle. SITE: Spiral valve. Baer (1948) erected the genus Cauloboth- LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of rium for species resembling Rhinebothrium but La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia. possessing extremely long cephalic peduncles, HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73965. craspedote proglottids, and postvaginal testes. Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73966; Five species have previously been described. Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. Caulobothrium anacolum differs from all five 20262. by having a cephalic peduncle which is con- ETYMOLOGY: The species name refers to the siderably shorter than the strobila, acraspedote relative size of the cirrus sac. proglottids, and quadrate rather than elongate Rhinebothrium magniphallum resembles R. bothridia which lack a median longitudinal monodi Euzet, 1954 (17) and R. scobinae septum, but is retained in the genus since it Euzet and Carvajal, 1973 (19) in number of does possess postvaginal testes and a cephalic bothridial loculi; R. hawaiiensis Comford, 1974 peduncle of some size. Caulobothrium insignia (11-13), R. euzeti Williams, 1958 (12) and (Southwell, 1911) Baer, 1948 has 18 to 26 R. cadenati Euzet, 1954 (12-14) in number of testes per proglottid while C. anacolum has 34 testes per proglottid; and R. scobinae and R. to 45; all other species have more than 100. cadenati in lacking a median longitudinal sep- The new species bears some resemblance to C. tum in each bothridium. The cirrus sac of R. opisthorchis Riser, 1955 in size of strobila and magniphallum is relatively much larger than number of proglottids, and in position of genital that of any other species. pore. Rhinebothrium tetralobatum sp. n. Rhinebothrium magniphallum sp. n. (Figs. 14, 16, 18) (Figs. 15, 17) DESCRIPTION (based on six specimens): DESCRIPTION (n = number of measurements Strobila craspedote, apolytic, 15-30 mm long, used): Strobila acraspedote, apolytic, 2.28- composed of 82-100 proglottids. Scolex com- 3.06 mm long, composed of 8-12 (n = 40) posed of four peclicellated, bilobed, canoe- proglottids. Scolex composed of four pedicel- shaped bothridia with distinct hingelike con- lated, bilobed, elongate bothridia with indis- striction between lobes; pedicels 144—200 long; tinct hingelike constriction between lobes; bothridia 564-804 long by 228-264 wide, pedicels up to 22 long; bothridia 264-488 long divided longitudinally by median septum, trans- by 128—144 wide, divided transversely by 15- versely by 25-27 septa forming two parallel 17 transverse septa forming 16-18 total loculi; rows of 24—26 loculi with single loculus at tip median longitudinal septum absent. Cephalic of each lobe; total number of loculi 50-54. peduncle 24-60 long. Immature proglottids Cephalic peduncle 96-144 long. Immature wider than long to longer than wide; mature proglottids wider than long; mature ones 360- ones 444-912 long by 108-204 wide. Testes 564 long by 96-156 wide. Testes in anterior in anterior MJ of proglottid, in two longitudinal % to % of proglottid, 2 in number, 35-58 in rows, 10-15 (x = 12, n = 21) in number, 17— diameter. Cirrus sac in anterior % of proglot- 41 in diameter. Cirrus sac at midproglottid, tid, spherical, 50-70 in diameter, containing 145-195 long by 46—75 wide, containing spined spined eversible cirrus. Genital atrium indis- eversible cirrus. Genital atrium prominent. tinct, 44-48% of proglottid length from anterior Genital pore 36-48% of proglottid length from end, irregularly alternating. Ovary composed anterior end, irregularly alternating. Vagina of paired anterior and posterior lobes in frontal anterior to cirrus sac; vaginal sphincter present. view, paired dorsal and ventral lobes in cross-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 59 section, 198-300 long by 60-90 wide at isthmus E. Mattis for the loan of specimens of Rhine- in terminal proglottids; isthmus indistinct. Vi- bothrium lintoni and his helpful suggestions; telline follicles extending length of proglottid, Dr. Ronald A. Campbell for his aid and sug- 30-40 in diameter. gestions; Dr. Robin M. Overstreet for his aid in HOST: Himantura schmardae. the preparation of this manuscript; and Ms. SITE: Spiral valve. Anne Langenfeld for her aid in assembling the LOCALITY: Caribbean Sea, 15 km. west of La Cienaga, Magdalena, Colombia. plates. HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73967. Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73968; Literature Cited Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. llaer, J-G. 1948. Contributions a 1'etude des 20253, 20266. cestodes de selaciens. I-IV. Bull. Soc. Nat. ETYMOLOGY: The specific name refers to the Neuchatel 71: 63-122. four-lobed appearance of the ovary. Campbell, R. A. 1969. New species of Acantho- By having two testes per proglottid and bothrium (: Tetraphyllidea) from Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. J. Parasit. 55: craspedote proglottids, RJiinebothriwn tetralo- 559-570. batum closely resembles R. spinicephalum Diaz-Ungria, C. 1973. Helmintos endoparasitos Campbell, 1970. It differs from that species de Venezuela. Cienc. Vet. 3: 37-242. by having 50 to 54 bothridial loculi and 82—100 Euzet, L. 1956. Theses presentees a la Faculte proglottids per strobila rather than 34 to 36 des Sciences de Montpellier pour obtenir le loculi and 36 to 49 proglottids. Rhinebothrium grade de Docteur es Sciences Naturelles: 1. himanturi Williams, 1964, R. burgeri Baer, Recherches stir les Cestodes Tetraphyllides des 1948, andNR. lintoni Campbell, 1970 all have selaciens des cotes de France. Causse, Graille, similar numbers of bothridial loculi. The ovary and Castelnau, Montpellier, 263 pps. of R. tetralobatum is similar to that of R. lin- Goldstein, R. J. 1964. Species of Acantho- toni, but has only four lobes rather than six bothrium (Cestoda: Tetraphyllidea) from the to eight. Gulf of Mexico. J. Parasit. 50: 656-661. Troncy, 1*. M. 1969. Description de deux nou- Acknowledgments velles especes de nematodes de poissons. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris 41: 598-605. The author expresses appreciation to Dr. Williams, II. H. 1964. Some new and little Thomas B. Thorson for providing the oppor- known cestodes from Australian elasmobranchs tunity to collect the specimens; Alvaro Boada, with a brief discussion of their possible use in INDERENA, Ministry of Agriculture in Santa problems of host . Parasitol. 54: Marta for his aid in procuring the hosts; Tom 737-748.

In Memoriam

MARIO MOLLARI February 18, 1977 Member 1928-1961

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Hymenolepis asketus sp. n. (Cestoidea: Hymenolepididae) from the short-tailed shrew, Blarina brevicauda Say, from Nebraska

DANIEL R. BROOKS AND MONTE A. MAYES Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi 39564 and School of Life Sciences, University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Division of Parasitology, H. W. Manter Laboratory, University of Nebraska State Museum, Lincoln, Nebraska 68588

ABSTRACT: Hymenolepis asketus sp. n. from Blarina brevicauda in Nebraska most closely resembles H. longi, H. pauciproglottis, and H. parvissima but differs by having a terminal proglottid which is as large as the rest of the strobila. It resembles PI. parvissima by having 10 rather than 8 or 12 rostellar hooks and H. longi in hook morphology.

Examination of frozen intestinal tracts of the sphincter present. Ovary dumbbell-shaped, short-tailed shrew, Blarina brevicauda Say col- 29-52 long by 73-174 wide. Vitellarium sub- lected in Nebraska produced specimens of an median, compact, pretesticular, 30-58 in extremely small hymenolepidid cestode. Sixteen diameter. Two testes porally, one aporally of the specimens were suitable for study and to vitellarium. Gravid proglottids 238-1015 form the basis of this report. Worms were long by 168-450 wide. Uterus saccate, occu- removed from the intestine and stored in 70% pying all available space. Eggs 23-35 in ethanol, then stained with Mayer's hematoxylin diameter; oncospheres 20—29 in diameter. and mounted in Canada balsam. Measurements HOST: Blarina brevicauda Say, short-tailed of rostellar hooks are given as the following shrew. lengths: A-D, B-C, B-D (Fig. 1). Measure- SITE: Intestine. ments are in micra unless otherwise stated; figures were drawn with the aid of a drawing LOCALITY: vie. Lincoln, Nebraska. tube. HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73971. Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73972; Hymenolepis asketus sp. n. Univ. Neb. State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. (Figs. 2-5) 20284. DESCRIPTION (based on 16 specimens): Strobila 1.2—2.0 mm long, composed of 6-8 proglottids. Scolex 136-142 in width, with four suckers and armed retractable rostellum; suckers in dorsal and ventral pairs, 52-87 long by 35-52 wide; rostellar bulb 40-75 long by 29-61 wide; rostellar hooks 10, measuring 13— 18, 10-14, 11-15. Immature proglottids 29-73 long by 67-160 wide. Mature proglottids 85- 157 long by 87—275 wide. Testes three, linear, 15-58 long by 23-52 wide. Cirrus sac near anterior end of proglottid, 73-160 long, extend- ing slightly beyond midline, containing spined eversible cirrus and internal seminal vesicle; cirrus spines 2-3 long. External seminal vesicle saccate, 20-30 long. Genital pore Vi proglottid length from anterior end, irregularly alternat- Figure 1. Generalized rostellar hook of Hymenol- ing. Vagina posterior to cirrus sac; vaginal epis spp.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 61

120pm

o CN

Figures 2-5. Hymenolepis asketus. 2. Entire worm, holotypc. 3. Scolex. 4. Rostcllar hook. 5. Mature proglottid.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ETYMOLOGY: The specific name is derived closer study of the specimens might show them from Greek "asketos," meaning little gem, and to be another species. Senger (1955) stated is masculine in gender. that Neiland's specimens were probably H. Hymenolepis asketus most closely resembles parvissima which Voge (1953) had described H. longi Oswald, 1951, H. pauciproglottis Nei- earlier from S. bendirei bendirei in California. land, 1952, and H. parvissima Voge, 1953. It We have not examined any of Neiland's mate- differs from H. longi by having 10 rather than rial, but in view of the close similarity in hook 8 rostellar hooks which are smaller (13—18 vs. shape between H. longi and H. asketus, it is 20-24) and a dumbbell-shaped rather than possible that Neiland's specimens were the flat ovary. Hymenolepis pauciproglottis has latter. 12 rostellar hooks 12 to 14 micra long and a median rather than submedian vitellarium; H. Literature Cited parvissima has 10 hooks 20 to 24 micra long Neiland, K. A. 1953. Helminths of Northwest- and a rostellar bulb which is relatively much ern mammals, Part V. Observations on ces- larger than that of H. asketus. The new species todes with the description of new species of differs from all three by having a terminal Liga Weinland, 1857 and Hymenolepis Wein- gravid proglottid which is as large or larger land, 1858. J. Parasit. 39: 487-494. than the rest of the strobila. The rostellar hooks Oswald, V. H. 1951. Three new hymenolepidid of H. longi are similar in shape to those of H. cestodes from the smoky shrew Sorex fumeus asketus. Miller. J. Parasit. 37: 573-576. Oswald (1951) described Hymenolepis longi Senger, C. M. 1955. Observations on cestodes of the genus Hymenolepis in North American from the smoky shrew Sorex fumeus in Tennes- shrews. J. Parasit. 41: 167-170. see. Neiland (1953) reported the species from Voge, M. 1953. Hymenolepis parvissima sp. n., Sorex bendirei palmeri in Oregon but stated a minute cestode from the shrew Sorex ben- that his specimens uniformly possessed 10 direi bendirei (Merriam) in California. J. rather than 8 rostellar hooks; he suggested that Parasit. 39: 599-602.

ANNOUNCEMENT

BELTSVILLE SYMPOSIUM II: BIOSYSTEMATICS IN AGRICULTURE Beltsville Agricultural Research Center (BARC) Beltsville, Maryland May 9-11, 1977 For further information, send your name and address to: Dr. James A. Duke Publicity Committee, BARC Symposium II Plant Taxonomy Laboratory Room 117, Building 001, BARC West, USDA Beltsville, Maryland 20705

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 63

Parasites of the Clapper Rail, Rallus longirostris Boddaert. III. Description of Notocotylus schmidti sp. n. (Digenea: Notocotylidae)1

DANIEL R. BROOKS AND RICHARD W. HEARD III Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Parasitology Section, Ocean Springs, Mississippi 39564

ABSTRACT: Notocotylus ficlimidtl sp. n. is described from the clapper rail, Rallus longirostris, from Mississippi and Georgia. It is most similar to N. gibbus, N. paciferu, and N. regis from which it differs by having four ventral glands in each of two outer rows and three glands in the inner row. By having a short esophagus, vitellaria extending into the anterior % of the body, and lobate gonads, N. schmidti most closely resembles N. regis, but has a shorter, stouter cirrus and cirrus sac, and is less than V-i as large.

Twenty-seven species of digeneans, four of 12.5-17.5% of body length from posterior end; eestodes, one of nematode, and one of acantho- left testis 285-380 long by 228-304 wide, right cephalan have been reported from clapper rails, testis 247-437 by 228-304. Cirrus sac post- Rallus longirostris Boddaert from North Amer- bifurcal, 247-418 long by 114-248 wide, con- ica (Heard, 1968, 1970; Deblock and Heard, taining seminal vesicle, prostatic complex and 1969; Nickol and Heard, 1970; Bates and eversible cirrus; everted cirrus 165 long by 61 Meade, 1972). One of the digeneans, Noto- wide, tuberculated. Genital pore immediately cotylus sp. of Heard, 1970, is herein described postbifurcal. as new. Ovary intcrcccal, deeply lobed, between Materials and methods follow those of Heard testes, 209-323 long by 190-323 wide. Ootype (1968, 1970). All measurements are in micra immediately anterior to ovary; Mehlis' gland unless otherwise noted; figures were drawn and Laurer's canal present. Uterus a series of with the aid of a drawing tube. transverse loops occupying intercecal space between ootype and posterior margin of cirrus Notocotylus schmidti sp. n. sac; space occupied equal to 32-41% of total (Figs. 1-4) body length. Metraterm 285-456 long. Vitel- laria follicular, extending from 27-46% of body DESCRIPTION (based on 25 specimens): length from anterior end to 20-27% of body Monostomate. Body robust, ovoid, 1.80-2.40 length from posterior end; some follicles ventral mm long by 0.90-1.45 mm wide; widest point to testes; vitelline ducts anterior to ovary, reser- 60—75% of body length from anterior end. voir median. Eggs 20-23 long by 11-14 wide, Tegument aspinous, with three longitudinal filaments 4-6 times longer than eggs. rows of ventral glands in posterior % of body; Excretory pore subterminal, dorsal, median; outer rows comprising 4 glands, inner 3. Oral excretory vesicle saccate, anterior extent not sucker subterminal, 171—247 in diameter. seen. Esophagus 38—76 long; cecal bifurcation 13— HOST: Rattus longirostris Boddaert, clapper 16% of body length from anterior end, ceca ex- rail. tending to within 6-10% of body length from LOCALITIES OF TYPE MATERIAL: Ocean posterior end. Springs, Mississippi (type locality); Savannah, Testes symmetrical, extracecal, highly lobed, Georgia. SITE: Intestinal ceca. 1 This study was conducted in cooperation with the HOLOTYPE: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73973. U.S. Department of Commerce, NOAA, National Marine Fisheries Service, under PL 88-309, Project No. 2-262-R Paratypes: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 73974; and NOAA, Office of Sea Grant, under Grant No. 04-6- 158-44060. The U.S. Government is authorized to produce Univ. Neb. State Mus. H. W. Manter Lab. No. and distribute reprints for governmental purposes not- 20282, 20283. withstanding any copyright notation that may appear hereoii. ETYMOLOGY: This species is named in honor

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 64 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

3 ME

ydS^fcC^^ OD

Figures 1-4. Notocotylus schmidti. 1. Ventral view of holotype. 2. Terminal genitalia. 3. Ootype region. 4. Freehand drawing of ventral surface of living worm. Legend: C = cirrus; L = Laurer's canal; ME = Mehlis' gland; MT = metraterm; O = ovary; OD = oviduct; PC = prostate complex; SV = seminal vesicle; VR = vitelline reservoir. of Dr. Gerald D. Schmidt in recognition of his in the above characteristics, but is less than half contributions to helminth taxonomy. as large. The single specimen of IV. regis col- Notocotylus schmidti is most similar to N. lected from Rallus longirostris in Mississippi gibbus (Mehlis in Creplin, 1846) Kossack, and reported by Heard (1970) is more than 5 1911, N. pacifera (Noble, 1933) Harwood, mm long, while no specimen of N. schmidti 1939, and N. regis Harwood, 1939. Lumdsen found was more than 2.4 mm long; addition- and Zischke (1963) reported the latter two ally, the cirrus sac of our specimen of N. regis species from birds in Louisiana and discussed is relatively more elongate than that of N. the taxonomic status of N. gibbus, N. pacifera, schmidti, and contains a cirrus which is much and N. regis. The new species differs from the longer and more slender. Uniserialis breviseria- previous three in the number and arrangement lis Stunkard, 1967 has a similar number and of the ventral glands: N. schmidti has four arrangement of ventral glands as IV. schmidti, glands in the outer rows and three in the inner; but has the genital pore located near the oral N. pacifera has 11 in the outer rows and 4 in sucker and a much-abbreviated cirrus sac. the inner; N. gibbus has 6 to 8 in each row; Much of the taxonomy of notocotylids is aud A7. regis has 10 in each row. Notocotylus based 011 the structure and arrangement of the schmidti further differs from N. gibbus and N. ventral glands, which are difficult or impossible pacifera by having a relatively shorter esoph- to observe in mounted specimens. Harwood agus, vitelline follicles which extend further (1939) described Notocotylus porzanae which anteriorly, and highly lobate gonads. It re- differs from N. regis only by possessing an sembles N. regis from Rallus elegans in Texas apparently smaller number of ventral glands in and Louisiana and R. longirostris in Mississippi the middle row of glands; Harwood (1939)

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 65 reported that it was not possible to ascertain of the subfamily Notocotylinae. J. Tenn. Acad. the number of glands in the middle row of his Sci. 14: 421-437. specimens. Clearly, these two species need to Heard, R. W., III. 1968. Parasites of the clap- be re-examined. per rail, Rallus longirostris Boddaert. I. The current status of the genus Levensenilla with Literature Cited description of Levenseniella byrdie n. sp. Bates, B. H., Jr. and Meade, T. G. 1972. Hel- (Trematoda: Microphallidae). Proc. Helm. minth parasites of the king rail, Rallits ele- Soc. Wash. 35: 62-67. gans And., and clapper rail, Rallus longi- . 1970. Parasites of the clapper rail, rostris Boddaert, of the Bolivar Peninsula, Rallus longirostris Boddaert. II. Some trema- Texas. Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash. 39: 146-147. todes and cestodes from Spartina marshes of Deblock, S. and Heard, R. W., III. 1969. Con- the eastern United States. Proc. Helm. Soc. tribution a 1'etude des Microphallidae Travas- Wash. 37: 147-153. sos, 1920 (Trematoda). XIX—Description de Lumdsen, R. D., and Zischke, J. A. 1963. Maritrema prosthometra n. sp. et de Longi- Studies on the trematodes of Louisiana birds. ductotrema nov. gen. parasites d'Oiseaux Zeitschr. Parasitenk. 22: 316-366. d'Amerique du Nord. Ann. Parasit. Hum. Nickol, B. B., and Heard, R. W., III. 1970. Comp. 44: 415-424. Arythmorhynchus frassoni from the clapper Harwood, P. D. 1939. Notes on Tennessee rail, Rallus longirostris, in North America. J. helminths. IV. North American trematodes Parasit. 56: 204-206.

Allocorrigia filiformis gen. et sp. n. (Trematoda: Dicrocoeliidae) from the Crayfish, Procambarus clarkii (Girard, 1852)

HUGH M. TURNER AND KENNETH C. CORKUM Department of Zoology and Physiology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803

ABSTRACT: Allocorrigia filiformis gen. et sp. n. is described from infections in the antennal glands of 57 of 88 crayfish, Procambarus clarkii, collected in the vicinity of Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Unlike most dicrocoeliids, this species attains sexual maturity in an invertebrate host. Allocor- rigia resembles Corrigia Strom, 1940, but differs in the relative size of its suckers, extent of the ceca and uterus, the absence of a seminal receptacle and character of the vitellaria.

Dicrocoeliid trematode infections have been in AFA and examined as whole mounts. In- noted in the swamp crayfish, Procambarus fected, whole antennal glands were removed clarkii (Girard, 1852) collected in the vicinity and studied in section. The following descrip- of Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Of the 88 speci- tion is based on 20 worms. The drawing was mens of P. clarkii examined, 57 had one to made with the aid of a microprojector and all three live worms threaded through the inter- measurements are given in microns unless indi- stices of their antennal or green glands. In 34 cated otherwise. of the 57 crustaceans infected, both glands were involved. The worms ranged in develop- Allocorrigia gen. n. ment from mature to fully gravid. Other DESCRIPTION: Body filiform, spinous. Ace- species of crayfishes examined from the same tabulum very near anterior end, postbifurcal, or similar habitats have not been found to be smaller than oral sucker. Prepharynx short. infected with this species of worm. Worms Esophagus short or absent. Ceca to near pos- were dissected out of the antennal gland and terior end. Genital pore at level of or slightly studied live or fixed under coverslip pressure anterior to cecal bifurcation. Common genital

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 66 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGIGAL SOCIETY

Figure 1. Allocorrigia filiformis gen. ct sp. n. from Procambnrus clarkii. Adult worm.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 67 atrium present. Cirrus pouch preacetabular, TYPE SPECIMENS: USNM Helm. Coll.: Holo- seminal vesicle internal. Testes separate, tan- type: No. 74053. dem in anterior fourth of body. Ovary post- PARATYPES: No. 74054. testicular in anterior of mid-third of body. Seminal receptacle absent. Laurer's canal Discussion present. Uterus with single posterior and ante- On morphological grounds, Allocorrigia fili- rior loop. Vitellaria postovarian with lobed formis most nearly resembles members of the follicles confined to mid-third of body. Ex- genus Corrigia Strom, 1940. It differs, how- cretory bladder tubular, reaching level of vitel- ever, in the following characters: anterior line field. sucker larger than acetabulum; ceca not extend- ing to posterior extremity; seminal receptacle Allocorrigia filiformis sp. n. absent; vitellaria large, lobose follicles; uterus (Fig. 1) not exceeding posterior level of ceca. There is DESCRIPTION: Body filiform, 6.29-11.6 mm a general similarity between Allocorrigia and long by 0.09-0.28 mm wide. Tegument with Skrjabinosomum Evranova, 1944, but a dis- minute spines extending only to level of phar- parity exists in relative size of the acetabulum. ynx. Anterior sucker terminal, 52-100 by 56- Further comparison will be difficult until more 112. Mouth slightly subterminal. Acetabulum descriptive information becomes available re- in anterior sixteenth of body, postbifurcal, lative to the latter genus. weakly formed, 44-78 by 42—70. Prepharynx Allocorrigia filiformis is one of the few dicro- short, 54 by 50. Pharynx muscular, 48 by 68. coeliids known to attain maturity and reproduc- Esophagus short or absent. Ceca unequal in tivity in an invertebrate host. A similar kind length, exceeding vitelline field and extent of of infection was described from Malaysia by uterus but not reaching posterior end of body. Macy and Basch (1972) in which a dragonfly served as host. Like the species in Malaysia, Genital pore median at level of or slightly A. filiformis is not encysted within the arthro- anterior to cecal bifurcation. Common atrium pod. Unlike the Asian form, it would not seem present. Cirrus pouch preacetabular, elongate, necessary for the crayfish to be eaten by a 291 by 43. Seminal vesicle elongate, cirrus not predator before the eggs could be liberated. spirted. Testes elongate, tandem in anterior Eggs containing active miracidia were fre- fourth of body, not separated by uterine coils. Anterior testis, 256 by 111. Posterior testis, quently observed in the gravid worms, and in 307 by 114. Vasa efferentia unite midway sectioned antennal glands a few eggs were before entering cirrus pouch. Ovary posttes- observed in the excretory tubules. It could be ticular, in anterior of mid-third of body, 233 by assumed that eggs readily pass from the cray- 150. Seminal receptacle absent, basal portion fish by way of the excretory pore of the anten- of uterus congested with sperm. Laurer's canal nal gland. The possible role of a vertebrate present, directed anteriorly and extending to cannot be completely ruled out, however, for mid level of ovary. Uterus with single loop what we know of other dicrocoeliid life cycles extending to near posterior end of body before indicates a strong linkage between an arthropod proceeding anteriorly as a single loop. Eggs and vertebrate host. In any event, it is prob- 25-30 by 12-14. Vitellaria postovarian with able that an aquatic snail host is involved in large lobose follicles confined to mid-third of the cycle and, as pointed out by Macy and body. Mehlis' gland poorly defined. Excretory Basch (1972), even though most dicrocoeliids bladder tubular, extending to level of vitelline have a terrestrial cycle, closely related plagior- field before receiving primary trunks. chiids use an aquatic mollusc. TYPE HOST: Procambarus clarkii (Girard, Literature Cited 1852). Macy, R. W., and P. F. Basch. 1972. Orthetro- HABITAT: Antennal gland. trema monostomum gen. et sp. n., a progenetic TYPE LOCALITY: Sorrento, Ascension Parish, trematode (Dicroceliidae) from dragonflies Louisiana. in Malaysia. J. Parasit. 58: 515-518.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Studies on the Population Structures of Two Species of Haematoloechus Looss, 1899 (Digenea: Plagiorchiidae) in Raniid Frogs in New Mexico

NORMAN O. DRONEN, JR. Department of Biology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843

ABSTRACT: Three hundred and seventy-four Rana catesbeiana and 112 Rana pipiens collected from Sierra County, New Mexico were examined for Haematoloechus breviplexus and Haematoloechus coloradensis respectively. Rana catesbeiana smaller than 20 and larger than 460 g, and R. pipiens smaller than 10 and larger than 150 g were not infected with lung flukes. One hundred and seventy-three R. catesbeiana collected were males of which 92 (53%) were infected with H. breviplexus and 201 were females of which 110 (55%) were infected. Fifty-one R. pipiens collected were males of which 37 (73%) were infected with H. coloradensis and 61 were females of which 43 (70%) were infected. Stomach analysis indicated there was a relationship between the volume of second intermediate hosts present in ingesta and the incidence and intensity of Haematoloechus spp. infections in these two species of frogs. Incidence and intensity of infections and the percentage of odonates by volume in ingesta increased from zero with size in smaller frogs, reached a high in medium sized frogs and then decreased to zero again with size in the largest frogs. Twenty-six R. catesbeiana smaller than 20 g and 22 R. pipiens smaller than 10 g exposed in the laboratory became infected with their respective lung flukes, while none of eight R. catesbeiana larger than 460 g and four R. pipiens larger than 200 g became infected. These results along with field observations indicated that in addition to food preferences, other factors such as physiological status, age, immunological responses, seasonal timing and inter- and intraspecific competition, may affect the susceptibility of some sizes of the frogs.

Relationships between parasite burdens and necessarily parasitized by the same species of size (age) of definitive hosts have been ob- parasites. served by many parasitologists. However, Another area of interest to parasitologists is relatively few studies have examined these the influence of the sex of the host on incidence relationships in detail. Dogiel (1966) and and intensity of infection. Hollis (1972) dem- more recently, Noble and Noble (1971) have onstrated a significant difference between the published general accounts of the literature burdens of Haematoloechus medioplexiis in concerning the ecology of parasites, which male and female frogs. included sections on these relationships. The objectives of this study were: (1) to Many definitive hosts become infected with examine the relationship between the size (age) their parasites via food chains. There is little and feeding preferences of Rana catesbeiana doubt that in such cases the feeding habits or and R. pipiens and the incidence and intensity preferences of hosts play a major role in both of infection for their respective lung flukes, incidence and intensity of infection. Turner Haematoloechus breviplexus and H. colora- (1958) reported that larger Rana pretiosa had densis; and (2) to examine the relationship more parasites than smaller ones. He felt this between the sex of these frogs and the inci- was in part due to feeding preferences of the dence and intensity of infection. The life cycles frog. As Dogiel (1966) has summarized, some of these two lung flukes have been reported parasitologists have suggested the following by Schell (1968) and Dronen (1975a) re- general ideas: (1) the density of parasites will spectively. increase with the quantity of food ingested by the host; (2) the number of some of the para- Materials and Methods sites present will increase as the host becomes Preliminary field observations in southern older while others will decrease in number and New Mexico indicated that R. catesbeiana (3) not all age groups of definitive hosts are smaller than 20 and larger than 460 g, and R.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977

Table 1. Infections of Experimental Definitive Hosts with Haematoloechus breviplexus and Haemato- loechus coloradensis.*

Length of No. of Frog wt Haematoloechus infection flukes Definitive host ( g ) species Oclonate hosts ( clays ) recovered

R. catesbiana1 18.2 PI. breviplexus Libellula sp. 5 14 18.5 5 9 18.5 5 9 17.5 5 12 19.2 5 21 18.3 5 17 18.4 30 23 18.1 30 10 19.8 30 16 17.9 30 21 468.3 5 0 475.1 5 0 487.1 5 0 491.2 5 0 466.1 30 0 470.0 30 0 497.0 30 0 512.3 30 0 R. catesbeiana" 17.7 H. breviplexus Libellula sp. 5 23 17.8 5 12 17.9 5 16 17.9 5 11 17.8 30 12 17.9 30 19 17.9 30 13 18.1 30 14 18.2 30 9 18.2 30 6 18.3 30 11 18.3 30 15 18.4 30 17 18.5 30 24 18.8 30 10 19.1 30 16

R. pipiens1 7.1 H. coloradensis Anax sp. 5 2 7.3 5 6 7.4 5 3 8.7 5 18 9.3 5 10 7.8 Enalldgma sp. 30 14 8.1 30 17 8.2 30 18 8.9 30 I:' 9.4 30 20 7.2 Tramea sp. 30 13 7.4 30 10 7.6 30 7 7.8 30 11 213.8 Anax sp. 30 0 241.3 30 0 253.5 30 0 271.1 30 0

R. pipiens2 8.7 H. coloradensis Tramea sp. 5 18 8.8 5 13 8.9 5 21 8.3 Anax sp. 5 10 9.9 Enallagma sp. 5 7 8.5 Anax sp. 30 12 8.8 30 12 8.8 30 17 8.9 30 14 9.7 Enallagma sp. 30 4 * All rnetacercariae used in infection of experimental hosts were 10 to 12 days old. 1 Definitive hosts were collected from nature. 2 Definitive hosts were laboratory reared. pipiens smaller than 10 and larger than 150 g, catesbeiana Shaw, ranging from 8 to 532 g, and were rarely infected in nature with Haemato- 112 Rana pipiens Schreber, ranging from 7 to loechus spp. 382 g, were collected over a two year period In the current study a total of 374 Rana from a series of 11 permanent ponds in Sierra

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Table 2. The incidence and intensity of Haematoloechus breviplexus of Rana catesbeiana (in 40 g incre- ments) compared to the percent odonates ingested. Frogs larger than 460 g and smaller than 20 g were not infected at this research area.

No. of No. of Per cent Host weights Per cent flukes flukes per odonates Sample (g) infected per frog infected frog in ingesta size L.T. 20 0 0 0 39 20 to 59.9 57 5.1 10.3 (7 to 25) 21 107 60 to 99.9 87 6.5 8.3 (3 to 20) 31 71 100 to 139.9 91 10.0 11.1 (2 to 30) 29 20 140 to 179.9 88 8.2 9.4 (6 to 19) 23 16 180 to 219.9 79 9.8 13.7 (5 to 21) 20 28 220 to 259.9 53 6.1 11.0 (4 to 19) 13 18 260 to 299.9 34 2.2 6.6 (3 to 111 8 15 300 to 339.9 42 1.2 2.8 (1 to 4) 4 14 340 to 379.9 18 0.9 6.0 (3 to 11) 2 13 380 to 419.9 17 0.4 3.2 (2 to 5) 0 8 420 to 459.9 8 0.7 7.7 (3 to 15) 4 11 G.T. 459.9 0 0 0 14 L.T. = less than, G.T. = greater than, g = grams, No. = number.

County, New Mexico. All frogs were nec- mature enough to be separated from experi- ropsied within 20 hr after collection, catalogued mental infections (Dronen, 1975b). Frogs were by body weight and sex, and the number of necropsied at the intervals shown in Table 1. Haematoloechus spp. present in the lungs Relationships between host sizes and data were recorded. The stomach contents of frogs were examined by a simple linear regression. analyzed to determine the percentage by vol- ume of nymphal and adult odonates ingested Results by different weight classes of these frogs, since Although R. pipiens has been reported as a odonates are the second intermediate host for suitable host for H, breviplexus, in this study these parasites. area H. breviplexus occurred only in JR. cates- To determine the susceptibility of bullfrogs beiana and H. coloradensis occurred only in in these size categories, 26 weighing less than R. pipiens. No other parasites were found in 20 g (16 laboratory reared and 10 from nature), the lungs of these hosts. None of the R. cates- were exposed to H. breviplexus metacercariae beiana smaller than 20 g and larger than 460 g (Table 1). Also, 8 bullfrogs from nature, or R. pipiens smaller than 10 g and larger than weighing more than 460 g were exposed to 150 g collected from the New Mexico research H. breviplexus (Table 1). area were infected with these two species of Similarly, 22 R. pipiens, weighing less than Haematoloechus. However, an additional R. 10 g (10 laboratory reared and 12 from na- catesbeiana weighing 694 g which I collected ture), were exposed to H. coloradensis (Table from Brazos County, Texas was infected with 1). Also, 4 leopard frogs from nature weigh- three large adult specimens of what appeared ing more than 200 g were exposed to H. to be Haematoloechus breviplexus. coloradensis (Table 1). Uninfected odonate The incidence and intensity of infection with nymphs collected in early spring and main- H. breviplexus and H. coloradensis as a whole tained in the laboratory were exposed to the had neither a significant positive nor a negative cercariae of each parasite to establish a source correlation with increasing size (age) of frogs. of metacercariae for exposure of frogs. These Rather, the incidence of infection, the number odonates were maintained in the laboratory for of parasites per frog and the percent by volume 10 to 12 days after exposure before being force of odonates in ingesta of frogs increased with fed to experimental frogs as shown in Table size (age) for both species of Haematoloechus 1. All experimental frogs from nature were in smaller frogs, reached a high in medium collected in early spring when metacercariae sized frogs, than decreased with size (age) in of Haematoloechus spp. could not be demon- larger frogs, reaching zero in the largest size strated in odonates, and kept for at least two groups (Tables 2 and 3). It should be pointed weeks prior to exposure to allow any flukes out that the pattern of rise, decline and estab- which might have been acquired naturally to lishment of the highest incidence of infection

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 71

Table 3. The incidence and intensity of Haematoloechus coloradensis oE Rana pipiens (in 20 g incre- ments) compared to the percent odonates ingested. Frogs larger than 150 g and smaller than 10 g were not infected at this research area.

No. of No. of Per cent Host weights Per cent flukes flukes per odonates Sample (g) infected per frog infected frog in ingesta size L.T. 10 0 0 0 17 10 to 29.9 90 7.4 8.3 (3 to 17) v>2 30 30 to 49.9 100 7.7 7.7 (3 to 20) 38 21 50 to 69.9 100 7.2 7.2 (3 to 11) 34 10 70 to 89.9 100 7.7 7.7 (3 to 10) 35 12 90 to 109.9 79 6.3 8.1 (4 to 11) 13 9 110 to 129.9 68 6.3 9.5 (2 to 15) 11 6 130 to 149.9 33 4.0 12 7 3 G.T. 149.9 0 0 0 4 L.T. = less than, G.T. = greater than, g = grams, No. = number. and greatest intensity occurred in the same males and 201 were females. Ninety-two of the relative size ranges as the rise, decline and males (53%) and 110 of the females (55%) establishment of the highest levels of odonates were infected with H. breviplexus. Of the 112 ingested. R. pipiens collected, 51 were males and 61 Results of frog susceptibility studies on these were females. Thirty-seven of the males (73%) two species of Haematoloechus in different and 43 of the females (70%) were infected weights of frogs are shown in Table 1. Rana with H. coloradensis. The intensity of H. brevi- catesbeiana weighing less than 20 g and R. plexus in R. catesbeiana was 4.4 flukes per frog pipiens weighing less than 10 g, which were in males and 5.2 females. For H. coloradensis not normally infected in nature, were easily in R. pipiens it was 5.4 in males and 6.3 in infected in the laboratory. All 26 experimental females. R. catesbeiana weighing less than 10 g became infected with H. colorademis. Stomach analysis Discussion indicated that frogs in these smaller size cate- Laboratory experiments showed that R. cates- gories rarely ingested odonates (Tables 2 and beiana smaller than 20 g and R. pipiens smaller 3). None of the experimental R. catesbeiana than 10 g, which were not infected in nature, weighing more than 460 g became infected were easily infected in the laboratory. This with H. breviplexus and none of the experi- indicates that their low level of infection in mental R. pipiens weighing more than 200 g nature was due to lack of exposure, not resis- became infected with H. coloradensis. Stomach tance. Food preferences may play a role in analysis of larger frogs from nature showed a keeping these smaller frogs from being infected distinct preference for food items larger than by Haematoloechus spp. in nature. However, odonates. frogs in these size groups are newly metamor- Stomach analysis of R. catesbeiana indicated phosed and although some frogs metamorphose approximately 14% of ingesta by volume was at other times, the majority metamorphose in odonates of which 83% was nymphs. In R. late summer when infected odonates are be- pipiens approximately 22% of ingesta by vol- coming less available. These newly metamor- ume \vas odonates of which only about 10% phosed frogs usually are not exposed to Hae- was nymphs. Apparently the bullfrog, being matoloechus spp. until the following year the larger and more aggressive of the two frogs, (Dronen, unpublished data). dominates the pond proper forcing the leopard Rana catesbeiana larger than 410 g and R. frog to spend an abnormally large portion of pipiens larger than 150 g were also not in- its time away from the pond. Because of this, fected by Haematoloechus spp. in the research adult odonates are more available as a food area. Although stomach analysis of large size item to the leopard frog than nymphs and classes of these frogs showed a distinct pref- therefore, were the major source of lung fluke erence for food items larger than odonates, infection for that host. laboratory experiments suggested that these Of the 374 R. catesbeiana collected 173 were frogs were resistant to infection by Haemato-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

loechus spp. This apparent resistance could competition, immunological responses and sea- be due to extended contact with these hel- sonal timing of these different age groups of minths which might stimulate acquired im- hosts. (2) In hosts acquiring their parasites munological resistance or it could be due to through food chains, the incidence of infection physiological factors innate in the larger frogs. and number of parasites per host may for some In any case, a number of factors are probably parasites increase with the volume of the inter- involved. mediate host ingested. Hollis (1972) found a significant difference in seasonal incidence of Haematoloechus media- Literature Cited plexus between male and female R. pipiens. In Dogiel, V. A. 1966. General Parasitology. Re- the current study there was no significant dif- vised and enlarged by Yu. I. Polyanski and ference between males and females for Hae- E. M. Kheisin. Translated by Z. Kabata. matoloechus spp. in either R. catesbeiana or R. Academic Press, New York, 516 pp. pipiens. The time of the year collections are Dronen, N. O. 1975a. Studies on the life cycle made, the sample size, experimental techniques of Haematoloechus coloradensis Cort, 1915 used, or other parameters may account for non- (Digenea:Plagiorchiidae), with emphasis on agreement of the two studies; however, there host susceptibility to infection. J. Parasit. 61: may also be a great deal of difference in para- 657-660. site faunas in different geographic regions. Hollis, P. D. 1972. Host sex influence on the This is demonstrated by the differences be- seasonal incidence of Haematoloechus medio- tween Haematoloechus sp. infections in larger plexus (Trematoda:Plagiorchiidae) in Rana R. catesbeiana collected in Sierra County, New pipiens. J. Parasit. 58: 128. Noble, E. R. and G. A. Noble. 1971. Para- Mexico and Brazos County, Texas. sitology. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, 617 Some general trends are apparent in these pp. two species of Haematoloechus which may be Schell, S. C. 1965. The life history of Haemato- applicable to other parasites as well: (1) the loechus hreviplexus Stafford, 1902 (Trema- incidence of infection and number of parasites toda:Haplometridae McMullen, 1937) with per host may increase in some age groups of emphasis on the development of the sporo- host and decrease in others due to a combina- cysts. J. Parasit. 51: 587-593. tion of factors such as physiological status, Turner, F. 1958. Some parasites of the western feeding preferences, inter- and intra-specific spotted frog of Wyoming. J. Parasit. 44: 182.

ANNOUNCEMENT: HONORARY MEMBER

At the 500th Meeting of the Society Norman R. Stoll was elected to Honorary Membership.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 73

Some Digenetic Trematodes from Fishes of the Bering Sea with the Descriptions of Prosorhynchus mizellei sp. n. (Bucephalidae) and Pseudopecoelus nossamani sp. n. (Opecoelidae)

GUNTHER O. W. KRUSE School of Life Sciences, University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Harold W. Manter Laboratory, Division of Parasitology, University of Nebraska State Museum, Lincoln, Nebraska 68588

ABSTRACT: Prosorhynchus mizellei sp. n. (Buceplialidae), described from Aptocyclus ventricosus (Pallas), differs from P. squamatus Odhner, 1905, in the size of the pharynx and distribution of the vitellaria. Pseudopecoelus nossamani sp. n. (Opecoelidae), described from Ilippoglossus steno- lepis Schmidt, is most similar to P. japonicus (Yamaguti, 1938) Von Wicklen, 1946, and P. vul- garis (Manter, 1934) Von Wicklen, 1946, from which it differs conspicuously in the sucker ratio. Derogenes varicus (O. F. Miiller, 1784) Looss, 1901 (Hemiuridae), is reported from three new hosts: Ronquilus jordani (Gilbert), Lycodes palearis Gilbert, Hemtiepidotus hemilepidotus (Tilesius).

This report is based on digeneans collected short, indistinct, apparently contracted; intes- in 1973 by Dr. John D. Mizelle from fishes tine saccular, extending anterodorsally. Testes taken near Amchitka. They were found during dextral, rounded, 152-184 (167) in diameter, routine examination for monogeneans using oblique or tandem, close or overlapping; post- methods described by Mizelle (1938). testicular space 441-586 (511), about Vi body The trematodes were fixed and stored in length. Cirrus sac sinistral, 400-578 (528) 70% ethanol; whole mounts were stained with long by 168-240 (200) wide, extending to near Mayer's hematoxylin; two specimens of the pharynx; seminal vesicle occupying anterior bucephalid were sectioned at 6 microns and half or two-thirds of cirrus sac, sometimes stained with hematoxylin and eosin; all material recurved distally, 280-460 (364) long by 104- was dehydrated, cleared in xylene, and mounted 128 (116) wide; sperm-free duct joining well- in Canada balsam. Drawings were made with developed prostatic complex; genital lobe the aid of a camera lucida; measurements are curved; genital atrium spacious; genital pore in microns with averages in parentheses. sub terminal. Ovary 192-224 (211) in diam- eter, larger than testes and anterior or antero- Bucephalidae lateral to testes, lateral or posterolateral to Prosorhynchus mizellei sp. n. pharynx. Vitelline follicles rounded, 25-29 in (Figs. 1 and 2) number, forming arc from level of pharynx HOST: Aptocyclus ventricosus (Pallas), Cy- halfway to base of rhynchus. Uterine coils few, clopteridae; Smooth lumpsucker; 9 specimens usually postpharyngeal (extending slightly an- terior to pharynx in 2 specimens), joining from 1 host. TYPE SPECIMENS DEPOSITED: USNM Hel- genital atrium laterally. Eggs 32-40 (37) long minth. Coll. No. 74119 (holotype), 74120, by 20 wide. Excretory vesicle extending to Univ. Nebraska State Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. posterior testis, dextral to cirrus sac; excretory No. 20314. pore terminal. DESCRIPTION (based on 9 specimens): Body DISCUSSION: This species of Prosorhynchus' subpyriform, 1665-2438 (1879) long by 449- is named in honor of Dr. Mizelle. It is most 685 (598) wide, tapered anteriorly, rounded similar to P. squamatus Odhner, 1905, which posteriorly; tegument spined. Rhynchus coni- has also been reported from Arctic localities. cal, 171-196 (180) long by 96-146 (120) Both species have the vitellaria forming an arc wide. Mouth near midbody; pharynx large, in the anterior half of the body, the gonads round, 130-196 (164) in diameter; esophagus contiguous on the right side, a relatively large

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Figures 1 and 2. Prosorhynchus mizellei sp. 11. 1. Holotype, ventral view. 2. Terminal geiiitalia, para- type, dorsal view. Figures 3 and 4. Pseudopecoelus nossamani sp. 11. 3. Holotype, ventral view. 4. Terminal genitalia, paratype, ventral view.

Abbreviations: Ep, excretory pore; Ga, genital atrium; Gl, genital lobe; Gp, genital pore; Mt, metra- term; Pg, prostatic gland cells; Pv, prostatic vesicle; Sv, seminal vesicle; Ut, uterus; Vd, vas deferens.

cirrus sac, and the mouth anterior to the cirrus Opecoelidae sac; but P. mizellei differs from P. squamatus Pseudopecoelus nossamani sp. n. in having a more elongated body, a conspicu- ously larger pharynx, larger eggs, and the vitel- (Figs. 3 and 4) laria extending posteriorly to the pharyngeal HOST: Hippoglossus stenolepis Schmidt, level (i.e., almost to the anterior of cirrus sac). Pleuronectidae, Pacific halibut; 2 specimens A second species of Prosorhynchus was rep- from 1 host. resented by a single specimen from Hemilepi- TYPE SPECIMENS DEPOSITED: USNM Hel- dotus hemilepidotus (Tilesius), Cottidae; it minth. Coll. No. 74121 (holotype), 74122. could not be identified. DESCRIPTION: Body elongate, 2531-3191

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 75

long by 465-539 wide at ovarian level. Tegu- eelpout; 4 specimens from 1 host.—New ment unspined. Forebody conical, a/4 body host record. length. Oral sucker subterminal, 140-160 long Hvmilepidotus hemilepidotus (Tilesius), Cot- by 92-160 wide. Acetabulum slightly protru- tidae, Red Irish lord; 35 specimens from sible, nonpapillate, 204-224 long by 244-276 8 hosts.—New host record. wide. Sucker ratio 1:1.72. Prepharynx short; Hippoglossus stenolepis Schmidt, Pleuronec- pharynx 92-120 long by 76-96 wide; esoph- tidae, Pacific halibut; 18 specimens from agus 156-228 long; intestinal bifurcation 4 hosts. midway between suckers; ceca ending blindly Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres), Pleuronec- near posterior end of body. Genital pore ven- tidae, Rock sole; 1 specimen from 1 host. tral, slightly to left of cccal bifurcation. Testes SPECIMENS DEPOSITED: Univ. Nebraska State tandem, intercecal, 236-332 long by 176-232 Mus., H. W. Manter Lab. No. 20316 through wide; posttesticular space 375-510. Seminal 20319. vesicle narrow, sinuous extending from near DISCUSSION: Derogenes various has been genital pore posteriorly to region near ovary; reported with a sucker ratio of 1:1.8 to 2.4. cirrus short; cirrus sac absent; prostatic gland The present specimens have a smaller sucker cells in region of genital pore. Ovary trilobed, ratio, 1:1.42 to 1.84 (1:1.62), as a result of pretesticular, median, 80-112 by .172-180 having a relatively smaller acetabulum, 237— wide; seminal receptacle lacking; Mehlis' gland 392 (313). Derogenes various has been re- preovarian; vitelline follicles circumcecal ex- ported from over 120 hosts and three fish in tending from level of acetabulum to posterior this report are new host records. end of body, interrupted lateral to testes, filling Most reports of this parasite are from the posttesticular space. Uterus preovarian, ex- northern hemisphere, but Derogenes various is tending to acetabulum; metraterm weakly mus- also found in the southern hemisphere. Prud- cular; uncollapsed uterine eggs 80 to 84 long hoe and Bray (1973) reported it from several by 44 wide. Excretory vesicle tubular, ex- sub-Antarctic localities which is in agreement tending to ovary. with Manter's (1954) suggestion that D. various DISCUSSION: The eggs in these specimens has a bipolar distribution. It is very common are larger than those of all other known species in colder regions but limited to fishes in deeper of Pseudopecoelus except for P. japonicus (Ya- (colder) waters in the subtropical and tropical maguti, 1938) Von Wicklen, 1946 (63-84 long regions. by 36-54 wide) and P. vulgaris (Manter, 1934) Szidat (1950) described D. parvus from Von Wicklen, 1946 (young worms: 78-80 long Eleginops maclovinus (Cuvier and Valencien- by 40 wide; older worms: 90-127 long by nes) of Tierra del Fuego and reported it again 50-76 wide). The sucker ratio of Pseudo- in 1965 in Notothenia neglecta Nybelin (1 pecoelus japonicus is smaller (1:1.2—1.3) and specimen—Szidat says that it was probably an that of P. vulgaris is larger (1:2-3). The spe- accidental infection) from the Melchior Archi- cies is named in honor of Bob J. Nossaman, pelago (Antarctic Peninsula) and in Urophycis York College, professor of biology. brasiliemis from Puerto Quequen (Argentina). A second species of Pseudopecoelus was rep- He admitted that it was difficult to distinguish resented by a single specimen from Myxoceph- the two species, but indicated that D. parvus alus polyacanthocephalus (Pallas), Cottidae, differed from D. various only in the super- but it was macerated and cannot be described. ficially lobed vitellaria. The measurements of Hemiuridae D. various given in this report fall into the range for D. parvus. The similarity of the two Derogenes various (O. F. Miiller, 1784) species and the increasing reports of D. various Looss, 1901 from the southern hemisphere suggest a syn- HOSTS: Ronquilus jordani (Gilbert), Bathy- onymy of the two species. masteridae, Northern ronquil; 4 specimens The life-history of Derogenes various is not from 1 host.—New host record. fully known, but Manter (1954) suggested that Lycodes palearis Gilbert, Zoarcidae, Wattled the geographical distribution is probably due

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY to the temperature limitations of the inter- Literature Cited mediate host(s) which are found only in colder Manter, H. W. 1954. Some digenetic trematodes waters. from fishes of New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. Only a few individuals of D. various are N.Z. 82: 475-568. usually found in each host (Manter, 1954; Mizelle, J. D. 1938. Comparative studies on Shorter, 1973). One host in this report (Hemi- trematodes (Gyrodactyloidea) from the gills lepidotus hemilepidotus) harbored 13 mature of North American fresh-water fishes. 111. specimens of this parasite. Biol. Monogr. 17: 1-81. Prudhoe, S. and R. A. Bray. 1973. Digenetic Acknowledgment trematodes from fishes. B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Res. Exped. 1929-1931. Rep.-Ser. B 8: 199- The author wishes to express his appreciation 225. to Drs. John D. Mizelle who collected the speci- Shelter, R. A. 1973. Changes in the parasitic mens, Mary Hanson Pritchard, Curator of the fauna of whiting Odontogadus meiiangus L. Harold W. Manter Laboratory, under whose with age and sex of host, season, and from direction this research was undertaken, and Y. different areas in the vicinity of the Isle of Man. J. Fish. Biol. 5: 559-573. L. Mamaev for sending comparative material Szidat, L. 1950. Los parasites del robalo (Elegi- and depositing it in the Harold W. Manter nops maclovinus Cuv. & Val.). Trab. 1. Cong. Laboratory. Nac. Presquerias Maritimas 2: 235—270.

Histochemical Studies of Abomasal Tissue from Calves with Moiiospecific and Dual Species Infections of Ostertagia ostertagi and Trichostrongylus axei

FRANK STRINGFELLOW Animal Parasitology Institute, Agricultural Research Service, Beltsville, Maryland 20705

ABSTRACT: Abomasal mucosa from three groups of calves each infected with 250,000 larvae of Ostertagia ostertagi, 250,000 Trichostrongijlus axei, or 125,000 each of O. ostertagi and T. axei was studied with histochemical techniques at 3, 5, 7, 14, and 22 days after infection (DAI). O. os- tertagi: The capillary network, stained with methods for alkaline phosphatase, was disrupted about the infected gastric gland compared with uninfected mucosa. Methods for carbonic anhydrasc detected less stainable activity in areas about the infected gastric gland than in uninfected and adjacent mucosa because parietal cells were replaced by collagen fibers. T. axei: Cytoplasmic RNA of chief cells stained similarly; whereas, large areas lacked chief cell zymogen granules in infected compared with uninfected mucosa. The capillary network of infected mucosa was compressed because of mucoicl hyperplasia; the stainable carbonic anhydrase activity of parietal cells was similar in infected and uninfected mucosa. O. ostertagi plus T. axei: Cytoplasmic RNA and zy- mogen granules in chief cells stained similar to calves infected with O. ostertagi. The capillary net- work was compressed and disrupted about the gastric gland infected with O. ostertagi; and, where hyperplastic mucus cells were abundant, the capillary network was compressed. The stainable carbonic anhydrase activity of parietal cells about the gastric gland was variable depending upon the extent ot mucoicl hyperplasia.

The histopathology of monospecific infec- (1966), Ross et al. (1967, 1968) and Ross et tions of calves infected with Ostertagia oster- al. (1968); however, no extensive histochem- tagi and Trichostrongylus axei and dual species ical studies have been carried out other than infections were described by Ritchie et al. those by Stringfellow (1974) with O. ostertagi.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 77

Figures 1-6. Stained sections of bovine fundus infected with Ostertagia ostertagi. I. The distribution of smooth muscle bundles of uninfected fundus—ATPase. 2. Smooth muscle bundles compressed by the dilated gastric gland infected with O. ostertagi at 22 DAI. 3. Distribution of the capillary network of uninfected fundus—Alkaline phosphatase. 4. Distribution of the capillary network about the infected gastric gland of fundus infected with O. ostertagi at 22 DAI showing the disrupted (arrow) and com- pressed capillary network. 5. Parietal cells in uninfected, fundus stained darkly with methods for carbonic anhydrase—Hausler's method. 6. The absence of staining of parietal cells with methods for carbonic anhydrase because of replacement of parietal cells with collagen fibers (arrow). Inset magnified to show enhanced collagen fibers. Figs. 1, 5, 6, (125X); Figs. 2-4 (60X). Abbreviations: A, Smooth muscle; B, worm; C, capillary; D, parietal cells.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 78 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

* ' iS^-* *-*W -* - "9". * ^>^*>^^L^._^ •*:3^2P- >',- * v-^^:

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 79

Results of histochemical studies on calf ab- Wachstein-Meisel aclenosine triphosphatase omasal mucosa infected with monospecific and technique, and nonspecific esterase (Barka and dual species infections with O. ostertagi and T. Anderson, 1965; Pearse, 1968). The method axei are reported herein; they are interpreted for alkaline phosphatase, which specifically relative to the known pathology. stained the capillary network, was run to visu- alize vascular damage; and, if so, its extent so Materials and Methods that these data might be correlated with dye Three groups each consisting of five 3-month- injection and biochemical studies. The sub- old castrated Holstein calves infected with the strates, L-leucyl-beta-naphthyl-amide, sodium- following dose of infective larvae were killed beta-glycerophosphate for both acid and with a captive bolt gun at 3, 5, 7, 14, and 22 alkaline phosphatases, adenosine-5-phosphate, DAI: Group 1, O. ostertagi (250,000); Group adenosine triphosphate (ATP), and alpha- 2, T. axei (250,000); and Group 3, O. ostertagi naphthyl acetate, were used in each of the (125,000) plus T. axei (125,000), referred to above methods. Hausler's variant of Kurata's as the combined infection. Three 3-month-old method (Lillie, 1965) was used to stain for calves served as uninfected controls. Fun die carbonic anhydrase. Tissues, inhibited with mucosa from the three groups was sectioned Diamox1 and incubated without sodium bicar- (8 p), stained (H&E), and the pathology bonate, served as controls. The following fixa- studied. The following histochemical methods, tives were used for the above procedures: cold selectively staining certain structures in fun die acetone for aminopeptidase, acid and alkaline mucosa, were used to further interpret the phosphatases, and carbonic anhydrase; and pathology. They were also used for their histo- cold formol calcium for S'-nucleotidase, ATPase, chemical value in detecting tissue components and nonspecific esterase. All methods were run and enzymes of functional significance to without their respective substrates. Positive fun die mucosa. controls were calf small intestine for amino- O. ostertagi: Methods given previously were peptidase, pancreas for carbonic anhydrase, used to study the nonenzymic histochemistry of and liver for the other enzymes. Despite the calves infected with O. oatertagi (Stringfellow, absence of specificity, 0.01 M KCN was used 1974). The enzyme histochemistry was studied to inhibit aminopeptidase. Only an uninhibited as follows: tissues excised from the fundus were quenched at -70 C in isopentance, frozen test for esterase was desired, and Lugol's iodine with dry ice, stored in screw-cap vials on dry was used to inhibit acid and alkaline phospha- ice, then studied with enzyme histochemical tase, S'-nucleotidase and ATPase activity. methods. All tissues were sectioned on the 1 Mention of a trademark or proprietary product does cryostat at 40 micrometers. Methods were used not constitute a guarantee or warranty of the product by for detecting aminopeptidase, acid phospha- the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and does not imply its approval to the exclusion of other products that may be tase, alkaline phosphatase, S'-nucleotidase, the suitable.

Figures 7-15. Stained sections of bovine fundus infected with Trichostrongylus axei only and Ostertagia ostertagi plus T. axei. 7. Distribution of reticulum fibers of uninfected calf fundus—Foot's modification of Bielschowsky's method. 8. Distribution of reticulum fibers beneath lining- epithelium of fundus infected with T. axei at 22 DAI. 9. Distribution of reticulum fibers in fundus infected with O. ostertagi and T. axei at 14 DAI. 10. Darkly stained zymogen granules in chief cells of uninfected fundus—DMAB nitrate method. 11. Fundus infected with T. axei at 22 DAI showing area (arrow) denuded of zymogen granules compared with adjacent mucosa. Inset shows clusters of chief cells with fewer zymogen granules from left to right. 12. Fundus infected with O. ostertagi and T. axei at 14 DAI denuded of zymogen granules in chief cells about infected gastric gland (arrow). 13. Distribution of the vasculature of uninfected fundus—Alkaline phosphatase. 14. Altered vasculature of fundus infected with T. axei at 22 DAI. 15. Dis- rupted vasculature about infected gastric gland of fundus infected with O. ostertagi and T. axei at 14 DAI. Figs. 7-9; 13-15 (60X); Figs. 10-12 (125X). Note that all infected fundic mucosa are hypeitrophied relative to uninfected tissues. Abbreviations: B, worm; C, capillary; E, mucus cells; F, reticulum fibers; G, metaplastic mucus cells; H, hyperplastic mucus cells; I, zymogen granules; J, muscularis mucosa.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

T. axei: The following nonenzymic and able carbonic anhydrase activity was detected enzymic histochemical tests replaced or were about the infected gastric gland at 22 DAI added to those previously described by String- (Fig. 6). fellow (1974). Masson's trichrome stain and T. axei: Nonenzymic histochemical results Lillie's method replaced Mallory's aniline blue similar to those reported for O. ostertagi (String- collagen stain and the methyl green pyronin fellow, 1974) are not reported here; so, only stain for nucleic acids, respectively. Lillie's those results which differed using the same allochrome method detected basement mem- procedures or obtained with different proce- branes and Bodian's method detected nerve dures are reported. Few, if any, collagen fibers fibers and endings (Armed Forces Institute of were deposited in fundic mucosa from infected Pathology, 1968). Sudan B replaced Oil red 0 calves. Compared with uninfected mucosa as a general lipid stain (Barka and Anderson, (Fig. 7), reticulum fibers condensed at the 1965). The method for succinic dehydrogenase eroding superficial mucosa beginning at 3 DAI was run to specifically stain parietal cells progressed increasingly to 22 DAI (Fig. 8). (Barka and Anderson, 1965). Unfixed calf In uninfected and infected mucosa zymogen mucosa as well as kidney incubated in the granules of chief cells stained for tryptophane, presence and absence of the substrate served SS bonds, and SH groups (Fig. 10). Large as controls. areas were degranulated whether or not the O. ostertagi and T. axei: Both nonenzymic worm was embedded beneath the superficial and enzymic histocliemical tests were run as epithelium (Fig. 11). RNA in chief cells stained described for T. axei. similarly from uninfected and infected mucosa. Nerve fibers were intact and there was about Results the same distribution of fat between uninfected O. ostertagi: The nonenzymic histochemistry and infected mucosa. was described previously (Stringfellow, 1974). Aminopeptidase, acid phosphatase, and non- The enzymic histochemical results from mono- specific esterase was distributed similar to that specific and dual species infections of calves reported above for O. ostertagi. The capillary killed at 3, 5, and 7 DAI were similar to those network of uninfected (Fig. 13) and infected obtained at 14 and 22 DAI. Methods for (Fig. 14) mucosa stained intensely for alkaline aminopepticlase stained mucus cells of unin- phosphatase; and smooth muscle and tunica fected and some metaplastic mucus cells of adventitia of arteries stained intensely for 5'- infected fundic mucosa faintly at 14 DAI. nucleotidase and ATPase. The hyperplastic Methods for acid phosphatase stained smooth mucus cells compressed the fundic smooth muscle (Figs. 1, 2) and some metaplastic mu- muscle. The carbonic anhydrase activity of cus cells intensely in uninfected and infected parietal cells stained similarly in uninfected and mucosa. ATPase was detected in elastica in- infected mucosa. Purple granules, stained in- terna of arteries, faintly in mucus cells at the tensely in parietal cells with methods for suc- fundic lumen, and in mucus cells of uninfected cinic dehydrogenase, were similar in parietal and metaplastic mucus cells of infected mucosa. cells of uninfected and infected mucosa. The capillary network of uninfected and in- O. ostertagi plus T. axei: There was such fected mucosa stained intensely for alkaline overlap in the pathology and histochemistry phosphatase (Figs. 3, 4); and smooth muscle of both the combined and monospecific infec- and tunica adventitia of arteries stained in- tions that only the distinguishing features are tensely for S'-nucleotidase. The smooth muscle reported here. Compared with uninfected mu- and capillary network were markedly com- cosa (Fig. 7), structural fibers staining with pressed and disrupted respectively about the reticulum stains were condensed beneath the infected gastric gland (Figs. 2, 4). The method lining mucus cells of the infected mucosa (Fig. for nonspecific esterase intensely stained smooth 9). Compared with uninfected (Fig. 10) and muscle and arteries, cell membranes of fat cells, adjacent mucosa, fewer zymogen granules in the border surrounding the mucus droplet of chief cells stained for tryptophane, SS bonds, mucus cells, and metaplastic mucus cells. and SH groups about the dilated gastric gland Because parietal cells (Fig. 5) were replaced from 3-22 DAI (Fig. 12). Cytoplasmic RNA with collagen fibers and mucus cells, less stain- of chief cells stained intensely in uninfected

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 81 and adjacent mucosa: whereas, RNA of chief those cells were replaced by collagen fibers cells degenerating about the dilated gastric (Fig. 6). These results support the pathogenic gland stained less intensely at 14-22 DAI. The mechanisms reviewed for O. o.ttertagi by Ar- capillary network of uninfected (Fig. 13) and mour (1974). infected mucosa was disrupted and compressed about the dilated gastric gland (Fig. 15). Literature Cited Where hyperplastic mucus cells were abundant, Armed Forces Institute of Pathology. 1968. the capillary network was compressed. Parietal Manual of Histologie and Special Staining cells, stained with methods for carbonic anhy- Techniques. McGraw-Hill, New York, 258 p. clrase, stained variably depending upon the Armour, J. 1974. Parasitic gasteroenteritis in extent of mucoid hyperplasia. Fewer parietal cattle. Vet-Rec. 90: 391-395. cells were detected about the dilated gastric Barka, T., and Anderson, P. J. 1965. Histo- gland with methods for succinic dehydrogenase. chemistry, Theory, Practice, and Bibliog- raphy. Harper and Row, New York, 660 p. Discussion Carter, M. J. 1972. Carbonic anliydrase: Iso- enzymes, properties, distribution, and func- These three types of infections were charac- tional significance. Bio. Rev. 47: 465-513. terized by: (1) mucus cells which proliferated Cross, S. A. M. 1970. Ultrastructural localization in all cases; (2) chief and parietal cells which of carbonic anhydrase in rat stomach parietal degenerated in O. ostertagi and the combined cells. Histochemie 22: 219=225. infections and; (3) chief cells which degen- Lillie, R. D. 1965. Histopathologic Technic and erated but not parietal cells (T. axei). Secreted Practical Histochemistry. McGraw-Hill, New fibers and mucus cells usually infiltrate an area York, 715 p. Pearse, A. G. E. 1968. Histochemistiy Theoreti- of localized ischemia induced by a disrupted cal and Applied. Little, Brown, and Co., Bos- vascular supply to the tissue; cellular and extra- ton, 759 p. cellular elements that can survive under those Ritchie, J. D. S., Anderson, N., Armour, J., conditions do, whereas those that cannot degen- Jarrett, W. F., Jennings, F. W., and Urqu- erate (Stringfellow, 1974). Chief cells were hart, G. M. 1966. Experimental Ostertagia considered degenerated if fewer zymogen ostertagi infections in calves: parasitology granules were detected (Figs. 11, 12), less and pathogenesis of a single infection. Am. J. stainable RNA was detected with histoehemical Vet. Res. 27: 659-667. methods, or if they were replaced by fibers or Ross, J. G., Purcell, D. A., Dow, C., and Todd, mucus cells. Parietal cells, thought to secrete J. R. 1967. Experimental infections of calves with Trichostrongylus axei, the course HC1 mediated by the enzyme carbonic anhy- and development of infection and lesions in drase (Cross, 1970; Carter, 1972), were con- low level infections, Res. Vet. Sci. 8: 206- sidered degenerated if less stainable carbonic 210. anhyclrase was observed (Fig. 6) when they —, , , and -. 1968. Ex- too were replaced by fibers or mucus cells. The perimental infections of calves with T. axei. Observations on lethal infections. Res. Vet. present studies show that the vascular supply Sci. 9: 314-318. of the infected mucosa was disrupted (Figs. 4, Ross, J. G., Purcell, D. A., Todd, J. R., and 14, 15). Presumably this would interfere with Dow, C. 1968. Combined infections of the ability of chief cells to secrete pepsinogen, calves with the nematode parasites Tricho- strongylus axei and Ostertagia ostertagi. Brit- shown by areas void of zymogen granules and ish Vet. J. 124: 299-305. decreased stainable RNA, and the ability of Stringfellow, F. 1974. Nonenzymic histochem- parietal cells to secrete HC1 shown by de- istry of bovine abomasal tissue infected with creased stainable carbonic anhydrase when Ostertagia ostertagi. J. Parasil. 60: 293-297.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Revision of the Genus Rauschiella Babero, 1951 (Digenea: Plagiorchiidae) with a Redescription of R. palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) n. comb, from Venezuelan Frogs1

JAMES J. SULLIVAN" Department of Zoology, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601

ABSTRACT: Glypthelmins palmipedis (Lutz, 1928), reclescribed from Leptodactyhis bolivianus Bou- lenger collected in northeastern Venezuela, G. proximus Teixeira de Freitas, 1941, and G. sera Cordero, 1944, are transferred to Rauschiella Babero, 1951, on the bases of an intercecal uterus with well-developed pretesticular uterine coiling and a Y-shaped excretory bladder. Repandum Byrd and Maples, 1963, is considered a synonym of Rauschiella. Additionally, R. tineri Babero, 1951, and R. repandum (Rudolphi, 1819) Babero, 1951, are recognized as valid species. Plagiorchis lenti Teixeira de Freitas, 1941, is designated a synonym of R. palmipedis.

In September, 1970, 48 specimens of a di- (5.544-6.640 mm) from Maracay, Aragua, genetic trematode, morphologically consistent Venezuela (Caballero y C. et al., 1953). Al- with Haplometra palmipedis Lutz, 1928, were though complete descriptions are available for recovered from the small intestines of four of Argentinian, Brazilian, Costa Rican and Pana- seven Leptodactylus bolivianus Boulenger col- manian G. palmipedis, the Venezuelan form lected in Bordones, Sucre, Venezuela. One is only known from three specimens. Conse- additional specimen was found in the small quently, a redescription of G. palmipedis from intestine of Bufo marinus (L.) in Cumana, eastern Venezuela is presented. Comparison Venezuela. of these G. palmipedis with the type and para- Teixeira de Freitas (1941) recognized type of Rauschiella tineri Babero, 1951 Travassos' (1930) placement of PI. palmipedis (USNM Helm. Coll. Nos. 47089 and 47090) in Glypthelmins Stafford, 1905, and synon- indicates that G. palmipedis should be trans- ymized Met orchis leptodactylus Savazzini, ferred to Rauschiella thus becoming Rausch- 1930, with it. Cheng (1959) transferred iella palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) n. comb. Glypthelmins palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) to Trematodes were heat-killed in 0.7% saline Margeana Cort, 1919. Byrd and Maples under slight coverslip pressure, fixed in AFA, (1963) and Nasir (1966) did not accept stained with Harris hernatoxylin, and mounted Cheng's reinstatement of Margeana; the former in Permount. Figures were drawn with the authors placed G. palmipedis in a new genus aid of a Wild drawing tube. Unless stated Repandum, while Nasir preferred to retain it otherwise, measurements are in micrometers in Glypthelmins, a position reiterated by Nasir with the mean in parentheses. Individual mea- and Diaz (1970). surements of worms on which the description Consisting only of a figure, Lutz' (1928) is based are available elsewhere (Sullivan, description of G. palmipedis, with Caracas as 1972). References for localities cited in Table the type locality, has been supplemented by a 1 are listed as they appear in the Index Cata- written description of two large specimens logue of Medical and Veterinary Zoology, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 1 Siip-prated in part by a Grant-in-Aid of Research from the Society of the Sigma Xi, Travel Funds from the De- Rauschiella palmipedis partment of Zoology, University of Georgia, and by grant AI 10051 (UC ICMR) to the Department of International (Lutz, 1928) n. comb. Health, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, from the National Institute of Allergy and In- (Figs. 1-3) fectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, U.S. Public Health Service. -Present address: Bureau of Tropical Diseases, Central SYNONYMS: Haplometra palmipedis Lutz, America Research Station, c/o U.S. Embassy, APO New York, NY 09889. 1928; Haplometra palmipedes: Travassos, 1930

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 83

Table 1. Rauschiella palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) n. comb. Hosts and localities (*new locality record).

Host Locality Author Bufonidae Biifo marimis (L.) Sao Paulo, Brazil Teixeira de Freitas (1941) Chapernal, Puntarenas, Costa Rica Brenes & Arroyo (1960) *Cumana, Sucre, Venezuela Present study Leptodactylidae Leptodactylus bolivianti.i La Carrasquilla, Panama Caballero y C. et al. (1956) Boulenger *Bordones, Sucre, Venezuela Present study L. oscellatus (L.) Cordoba Prov., Argentina Savazzini (1930) (== L. caUgmosus Girard) Estado de Mato Grosso, Brazil Teixeira de Freitas (1941) Travassos & Teixeira de Freitas (1941b) Montevideo, Uruguay Teixeira de Freitas (1941) Chaco-i Prov., Paraguay Lent et al. (1946) Estado de Pernambuco, Brazil Dobbin (1957) L. pentadactylus (Laurenti) Salvador (Bahia), Brazil Fahel (1952) Estado de Pernambuco, Brazil Dobbin (1957) Hylidae Pseudis paradoxa (L.) (?) Salobra, Estado de Mato Grosso, Brazil Travassos & Teixeira de Freitas (1940, 1941a) Ranidae Rana palmipes Spix Caracas, Venezuela Lutz (1928) Maracay, Aragua, Venezuela Caballero y C. et al. (1956) Estado de Pernambuco, Brazil Dobbin (1957)

[.sic]; Glypthelmin-s palmipedis (Lutz, 1928)* to acetabulum 1:0.62 ± 0.02. Prepharynx and of Nasir and Diaz (1970), in part; Met- short. Pharynx muscular, 110-320 (240) by orchis leptodactylus Savazzini, 1930; Meorchis 110-310 (230). Esophagus short. Ceca nar- leptodactylus Savazzini, 1930 [sic]; Plagiorchis row, terminating near posterior extremity of lenti Teixeira de Freitas, 1941; Glypthelmins body. Testes subspherical, regular in outline, pseudis Fahel, 1952 [sic]; Glypthelmins lin- diagonally to symmetrically arranged in second guatula (Rudolphi, 1819) of Caballero y C. quarter of body; anterior testis sinistral, 170- et al. (1956) and of Nasir (1966), in part; 430 (310) by 140-450 (300), posterior testis Margeana lingiiatula (Rudolphi, 1819) Cheng, 180-470 (320) by 150-500 (320). Cirrus 1959, in part; Repandum palmipedis (Lutz, pouch elongate, 120-620 (360) by 70-190 1928) Byrd and Maples, 1963. (150), containing coiled seminal vesicle and unarmed eversible cirrus. Ovary spherical, DESCRIPTION (measurements based on 35 dextral, in acetabular zone, 160-360 (290) by specimens): Body elongate, subcylindrical, at- 150-370 (260). Seminal receptacle and tenuated posteriorly, 1590-5200 (3690) long Laurer's canal present. Uterus intercecal, by 500-1570 (1100) wide. Tegument spined ascending and descending limbs of uterus with spines disappearing in posterior quarter transversely coiled, uterine coils developed in of body. Oral sucker subterminal, 190-450 pretesticular zone. Metraterm approximately (350) by 220-500 (410). Acetabulum medial, as long as cirrus pouch. Genital pore medial, situated in second quarter of body, 120-290 immediately preacetabular. Vitellaria follicu- (220) by 130-310 (240). Ratio of oral sucker lar, occasionally grouped in discrete bunches, commencing in the region of esophageal bi- * In view of Travassos' (1930) failure to properly desig- furcation and terminating at varying distances nate the combination Glypthelmins palmipedis in transfer- posterior to testes, occasionally reaching cecal ring this species from Haplometra Looss, 1899, Travassos et al. (1969) suggested that reference to Travassos (1930), ends. Eggs operculated, 27-37 (31) by 10- when used in connection with the name G. palmipedis, be enclosed in square brackets. If this suggestion is followed, 15 (12). Excretory bladder Y-shaped, bifur- the citation Glypthelmins palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) [Travas- cating between testes, arms reaching to ovarian sos, 1930] could generate confusion regarding the taxonomic history of the specific epithet, since the International Code level. of Zoological Nomenclature Recommendation 51A reserves square brackets to indicate the name of the author of a HOSTS AND LOCALITIES: Table 1. taxon which was originally published anonymously. Since SITE OF INFECTION: Small intestine. the Code does not provide specific rules for formation of new combinations, an alternative to the suggestion of Tra- SPECIMENS: USNM Helm. Coll. No. 72279. vassos et al. (1969) would be citation of the author who first properly designated the combination. Other specimens in the author's collection.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Figures 1-3. Rauschiella palmipedis (Lutz, 1928) n. comb, from northeastern Venezuela. 1. Ventral view of a specimen from Leptodactylus bolivianus; note intercecal position of the uterus and pretesticular uterine coiling. 2. Specimen from Bufo marinus; note relative size of gonads compared with Figs. 1 and 3. 3. Specimen showing Y-shaped excretory bladder.

Discussion Sullivan (1976) emended the diagnosis of Glypthelmins to include those forms with an Byrd and Maples (1963) established Re- I-shaped excretory bladder and an intercecal pandum for Glypthelmins repandum (Rudolphi, uterus without pretesticular uterine coiling. Al- 1819) Travassos, 1924, and included G. palmi- though the form of its excretory bladder is pedis and G. sera Cordero, 1944, in it. How- unknown, G. proximus has an intercecal uterus ever, Babero (1951b) had previously erected but with pretesticular coiling which suggests Rauschiella in the Plagiorchiidae Luhe, 1901, a closer relationship to Rauschiella than to for R. tineri and transferred G. repandum to Glypthelmins (Byrcl and Maples, 1963; Sulli- that genus. Comparison of their respective van, 1976). Babero (1951a) suggested that generic diagnoses failed to indicate any dif- G. proximus might be included in a genus ferences between the two; therefore, Repan- characterized in part by pretesticular uterine dum is considered a synonym of Rauschiella. coils, or alternatively synonymized with G. re- The present author accepts Babero's (1951b) pandum. However, when Babero (19511)) transfer of G. repandum to Rauschiella and transferred G. repandum to Rauschiella, he agrees with Byrd and Maples (1963) in re- moving G. palmipedis and G. sera from Glypt- did not consider G. proximus, which is now helmins and allying them with Rauschiella transferred to Rauschiella and designated repandum ( = Repandum r.). Consequently, Rauschiella proximus (Teixeira de Freitas, G. sera is designated Rauschiella sera (Cordero, 1941) n. comb. Comparison of specimens re- 1944) n. comb. ported as G. proximus by Thatcher (1964)

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 85 from snakes in Tabasco, Mexico with the type posterior extremity of body; uterine coils well- of R. tineri indicates that the G. proximus of developed in pretesticular region. Metraterm Thatcher (1964) is R. tineri. nonmuscular. Genital pore preacetabular, me- Plagiorchis lenti Teixeira de Freitas, 1941, dial. Vitellaria follicular, occasionally in dis- should be removed from Plagiorchis Liihe, crete bunches, in lateral fields, sometimes over- 1899, because of its uterine configuration lapping ceca. Excretory bladder Y-shaped. (Odening, 1959). This character and the Parasitic in intestine of amphibians and reptiles. others of Babero (1951b) refer P. lenti to TYPE SPECIES: Rauschiella tineri Babero, Rauschietta. However, P. lenti only differs 1951. from R. palmipedw by the presence of the seminal receptacle in the latter. Since the Acknowledgments seminal receptacle is visible in only 19 of the 35 specimens of R. palmipedis in the writer's The author would like to thank the late Dr. collection, this character is not considered re- Elon E. Byrd, Zoology Department, University liable for purposes of identification. Since the of Georgia, Athens, for his comments and sug- two forms are morphologically consistent gestions during the course of this study. The otherwise, P. lenti is designated a synonym of author also thanks Dr. Pir Nasir, Biology R. palmipedis. Department, Universidad de Oriente, Cumana, Rauschiella proximus differs from the other Venezuela and his staff for their assistance, four species of Rauschiella in possessing a Drs. Vernon E. Thatcher, Biology Department, sacculate seminal vesicle as opposed to a Universidad del Valle, Cali, Colombia, and J. strongly coiled seminal vesicle. Since R. sera Ralph Lichtenfels, U.S. National Museum, for is only known from a single specimen, its taxo- the loan of specimens. nomic position is uncertain; however, it is distinguished from the other species by ceca which do not reach the posterior extremity of Literature Cited the body. Rauschiella repandum differs from Babero, B. B. 1951a. Notes on the trematode the other species in having vitellaria which genus Glypthelmins Stafford, 1905. Proc. commence anteriorly at or behind the level Helm. Soc. Wash., 18: 103-106. of the ovary. The position of the acetabulum . 1951b. Rauschiella tineri n. g., n. sp., a with reference to the esophageal bifurcation trematode (Plagiorchiinae) from a frog. J. separates R. tineri from R. palmipedis. Parasit., 37: 560-562. In view of this proposed revision of the Byrd, E. E., and W. P. Maples. 1963. The glypthelminths (Trematoda: Digenea), with genus Rauschiella, the following emended a redescription of one species and the erection generic diagnosis is presented: of a new genus. Z. Parasitenk., 22: 521-536. Caballero y C., E., L. Flores Barroeta, and R. G. Rauschiella Babero, 1951 Char. Emend. Grocott. 1956. Helmintos de la Republica de Panama. V. Redescripciones de algunos SYNONYM: Repandum Byrd and Maples, trematodos ya conocidos pero nuevos en la 1963. fauna helmintologica de este pais. Rev. Riol. Trop., 4: 161-177. DIAGNOSIS: Plagiorchiidae. Body elongate, —, E. G. Vogelsang, and M. C. Cerecero cylindrical to subcylindrical. Tegument spinecl. y D. 1953. Fauna helmintologica venezo- Oral sucker subterminal, larger than acetabu- lana. (IV). Algunos trematodos de batvacios lum. Acetabulum medial, pre-equatorial. y mamiferos. Rev. Med. Vet. y Paras. Caracas, Pharynx muscular. Esophagus present, bifur- 12: 195-208. cating at various levels between suckers. Ceca Cheng, T. C. 1959. Studies on the trematode terminating in posterior quarter of body, often family Rrachycoeliidae. II. Revision of the reaching posterior extremity. Testes diagonal genera Glypthelmins (Stafford, 1900) Staf- ford, 1905, and Margeana Cort, 1919; and the to symmetrical, in anterior half of body. Cirrus description of Reynoldstrema n. gen. (Glyp- pouch elongate, usually overlapped by ace- thelminae, n. subfam.). Amer. Midi. Nat., 61: tabulum. Ovary pretesticular in acetabular 68-88. zone. Seminal receptacle and Laurer's canal Lut/, A. 1928. Estudios de zoologia y parasit- present. Uterus intercecal, usually reaching ologia venezolana. Rio de Janeiro, 133 pp.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTIIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Nasir, P. 1966. Two new species of digenetic deroididae) with a redescription of G. facial trematodes form Venezuelan amphibians. Proc. from Costa Rican frogs. Proc. Helm. Soc. Helm. Soc. Wash., 33: 166-170. Wash., 43: 116-125. , and M. T. Diaz. 1970. A redescription Tcixeira de Freitas, J. F. 1941. Sobre alguns of Glypthelmins lingiiatula (Rudolphi, 1819) trernatodeos parasites de ras. Rev. Brasil. Travassos, 1924 and G. vesicalis (Ruiz and Biol., 1: 31-40. Leao, 1942) Yamaguti, 1958 with a key to the Thatcher, V. E. 1964. Estudios sobre los tre- valid species. Riv. Parassit., 31: 261-274. matodos de reptiles de Tabasco, Mexico: Lista Odening, K. 1959. Uber Plagiorchis, Omphalo- de huespedes y sus parasites. An. Esc. nac. metra mid Allocreadium (Trematoda, Dige- Cienc. biol, Mex., 8: 91-96. nea). Z. Parasitenk. 19: 14-34. Travassos, L. 1930. Pesquisas helminthologicas Sullivan, J. J. 1972. The status of the "glypthel- realizadas em Hamburgo. I. Genero Haplo- minth" trematodes with an account of the life metra Looss, 1899 (Trematoda: Plagiorchi- cycle of Hylotrema pennsylvaniensis (Cheng, idae). Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 23: 163- 1961) n. gen., n. comb. Ph.D. Dissertation, 168. University of Georgia, Athens. , J. F. Teixeira de Freitas, and A. Kohn. . 1976. The trematode genus Glypthel- 1969. Trernatodeos do Brasil. Ibid., 67: 1- mins Stafford, 1905 (Plagiorchioidea: Macro- 886.

Development of Waltonella flexicauda, a Filarial Parasite of Rana catesbeiana, in Aedes aegypti and other Culicine Mosquitoes

HENRY A. TERWEDOW, JR.1 AND GEORGE B. CRAIG, JR. Vector Biology Laboratory, Department of Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana 46556

ABSTRACT: Waltonella flexicauda, a filarial parasite of the bullfrog, Rana catesbeiana, completed its development to the third larval stage in laboratory colonies of Aedes annan'dalei, A. atropalpus, A, aegypti, A. polynesiensis, and Culex pipiens quinquefasciatus, but not in A. seatoi, A. triseriatus, or A. malayensis. Susceptibility in 12 geographic strains of A. aegypti varied from 0 to 81%. Starting with 19% susceptibility in the NEW-GKEP strain of A. aegypti, a susceptible (97%) and a refractory (4%) line were selected in four generations. Worm development in these two se- lected lines was contrasted. In the refractory line filarial development progressed to 36 hours post-infection and then stopped.

The concept of genetic factors controlling an heritable characteristic. Kartman (1953) vectorial capacity is not new. Huff (1929) successfully increased susceptibility in the demonstrated that the level of susceptibility same system after eight generations of selec- of a Culex pipiens population to Plasmodium tion. Zielke (1973) and McGreevy, McClel- cathemcrium infection could be altered in the land, and Lavoipierre (1974) independently laboratory by selection and later concluded demonstrated that a sex-linked factor affected that susceptibility was controlled by a simple A. aegt/pti susceptibility to D. immitis. Mac- Mendelian factor (Huff 1931). Roubaud donald (1962a, b) selected A. aegypti sus- (1937) similarly reported that susceptibility ceptible to sub-periodic Brugia malayi and of Aedes aegypti to Dirofilaria immitis was then showed susceptibility to be controlled by a sex-linked, recessive gene designated /"'. 1 Present address: 201 Wellman Hall, Department of These previous genetic-susceptibility studies Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berke- ley, California 94720. involved filariae developing in Malphigian

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 87

Table 1. Susceptibility of eight culicine species to oratory. Filarial identification was based on infection with W. flexicauda. the microfilaria and the L3. W. flexicauda's development in the fat body of A. aegypti was No. ? ? % Experiment Species dissected susceptible similar to that described in Culex territans, the probable natural vector (Benach and Crans 1 A. malayensis 14 0.0 C. p. quinquefusciatus 37 73.0 1973). A. polynesiensis 38 97.4 A. aegypti* 12 75.0 Mosquito species and strains were selected from among stocks maintained at the W.H.O. 2 A. seatoi 25 0.0 A. triseriatus 25 0.0 International Reference Centre for Aedes by A. annandalei 17 47.1 A. atropalpus 35 94.3 the Vector Biology Laboratory of the Uni- A. aegypti* 20 85.0 versity of Notre Dame. Rearing materials, * Susceptible strain selected from NEW-GKEP served as tecliniques, and conditions for maintenance of the control. mosquitoes were similar to those of Kilama and Craig (1969). Five-day post-emerged females tubes or flight muscles. The present investiga- were used. The carbohydrate source, apple, tion is an extension of this work to a fat was removed 24 hr before feeding and water body-developing filariid. Using Waltonella was taken away 12 hr preinfcction. flexicauda (Schacher and Grans, 1973)*, a mos- For exposure to infection with W. flexicauda, quito-transmitted filaria of the bullfrog, Rana an unsedated bullfrog was restrained in a catefibeiana, we studied inter- and intra-specific cheesecloth sock held tight by a rubber band. variation in mosquito ability to affect develop- The frog was placed directly into the cage with ment of this parasite. the mosquitoes for 30-90 min. Only those mosquitoes engorging to stage 4 or higher (Pilitt and Jones 1972) were retained. After Materials and Methods 12 days the infected mosquitoes were dissected Approximately two dozen bullfrogs with in Aedes physiological saline (Hayes 1953) naturally acquired W. flexicauda infections and scanned for W. flexicauda development were field-collected in Morris County, New using a stereoscope at 60 X. An individual Jersey, and thereafter, maintained in the lab- mosquito was scored as susceptible if filariae had developed to the late L2 or L;. stage; other- * WaUonella flexicauda (Schacher and Crans, 1973) = Folcyclla flexicauda Schacher and Crans (1973). wise, it was considered refractory. Suscepti-

Table 2. Susceptibility of twelve geographic strains of A. aegypti to infection with W. flexicauda.

Strains tested NEW-GKEP control Dissected Dissected Infected Infected Of Of % suscept- Prob- % suscept- No. mortality No. ible ability* No. mortality No. ible

JDf 66 31.8 45 0.0 4.70 61 47.5 32 15.6 GANDA 148 22.9 108 1.9 3.35 50 44.4 28 28.6 BAHAMA 112 48.7 58 8.6 1.47 34 23.5 26 19.2 CURACAO 58 41.4 34 8.8 1.42 61 23.0 47 17.0 BANGKOK:!: 139 47.5 73 13.7 0.50 55 60.0 22 9.1 TAHITI 127 14.2 109 16.5 0.04 48 37.5 30 23.3 NEW-MERIDIAN 89 28.1 64 29.7 1.83 36 44.4 20 15.0 BUGURUNI 52 38.5 32 31.3 2.04 not recorded 24 16.7 MANDALAY* 75 65.3 26 34.6 2.45 DAHOMEY 52 63.5 19 63.2 5.88 not recorded 10 10.0 DHOWt 127 55.1 57 80.7 8.21 NEW-GKEP§ 345 44.1 229 18.8 * Values exceeding 2.306 differ significantly from the control at the 0.05 level. f JD and DHOW shared the same control. $ BANGKOK and MANDALAY shared the same control. § Total of the recorded control replicates.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Refractory Line Susceptible Line Aedes togoi, Aedes albonotatus, Aedes mas- car ensis, Aedes albopictus, and Armigeres sub- afbatus fed poorly or not at all on the bullfrog. Those species that fed adequately are shown in Table 1. The susceptible strain of A. aegypti served as the control. By the criterion of de- velopment to L2-L.>, Aedes malayensis, Aedes seatoi, and Aedes triseriatus were not suscep- tible. Aedes annandalei showed moderate sus- ceptibility, and C. pipiens quinquefasciatus, Aedes polynesiensis, and Aedes atropalpus were highly susceptible. It seems clear that P •••GO •••••• ••••O •••OOO 9*000000 3 •••••• «opooooo susceptibility to W. flexicauda is widespread among species of culicinae. Twelve geographic strains of A. aegypti were also tested for variation in susceptibility to W. flexicauda (Table 2). The unselected NEW- GKEP strain, which served as control, showed a mean of 18.8% susceptibility with a range of 9-29% for different exposure periods. In contrast, variability in susceptibility of the test strains was much greater, ranging from 0-81%. Using the test for comparison of single obser- vations with the mean of a sample (Sokal and Rohlf 1969), 5 strains—JD, GANDA, MANDALAY, DAHOMEY, and DHOW— Figure 1. Pedigree showing selection of A. aegypti susceptible and refractory lines to inlection differed significantly (t.05(8) = 2.306) from the with W. flexicauda. • z= without developing or control. This variability did not fit a geo- mature W. flexicauda larvae after 12 days; O = graphic or subspecific pattern of distribution. with developing or mature W, flexicauda larvae. Likewise, Randall's test of rank correlation failed to indicate a correlation between sus- ceptibility and mortality (T = 0.184, P. = bility of a mosquito species or strain was based 0.289) or sample size (T = -0.138, P. = 0.395). on the number of individuals scored as sus- These data demonstrate substantial variation in susceptibility of A. aegypti to W. flexicauda. ceptible out of the total number dissected. The selection procedure which follows was The usual technique of counting microfi- lariac per volume of host peripheral blood based on this variability. was not used. Rather, parasite development SELECTION FOR SUSCEPTIBILITY. Susceptible after ingestion, not the numbers of circulating and refractory lines were derived from the microfilariae, was the criterion for selecting NEW-GKEP strain of A. aegypti. Ten prog- the proper control. For this, A. aegypti strains eny of a single female were tested, 3 were sus- of previously determined susceptibility to W. ceptible and 7 were refractory. These indi- flexicauda, NEW-GKEP and the susceptible viduals became the parental generation from selected NEW-GKEP, were infected along with which the two lines were selected (Fig. 1). experimental mosquitoes. Susceptibility of In all cases the females were mass-mated to these control strains was compared to expected their male sibs. susceptibility values to confirm the infectivity Refractory selection was initiated in the of the bloodfeeding. first 2 generations by culling the susceptible phenotypes. Susceptibility decreased from 30- Results and Discussion 0%. In the F;> and F4 the progeny of single VARIATION IN MOSQUITO SUSCEPTIBILITY. females were tested. Susceptibility remained Thirteen culicine species were tested, but low. The pattern of selection was similar in

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 89

130-

24 4B

Hours after infective bloodmeal O—O Larvoe from susceptible A. oegypti Larvae from refractory A. aegypti

20

24 48 72

Hours after infective bloodmeal Figure 2. Graphs showing differences in length and width measurements of W. jlexicauda larvae from susceptible and refractory A. aegypti.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE I-IELMINTIIOLOGICAL SOCIETY the susceptible line. After 2 generations of infection, worms in refractory hosts were culling, susceptibility reached 71% and con- vacuolated and motionless. "Melanization" of tinued to increase after 2 subsequent genera- larvae was not a characteristic of refractori- tions of testing the progeny of single females. ness, but appeared infrequently in both se- Reduction of progeny numbers by the F4, lected lines. probably due to inbreeding, was observed in We have provided further evidence that the susceptible line. Both lines were mass- parasitic development in the vector can be mated without selective pressure for 2 genera- controlled by genetic factors, and that these tions. A portion of the FG progeny from each factors can be selected for in the laboratory. line were tested. The refractory line remained at a low level of susceptibility (4%), while In addition, Aede.s aegypti-Waltonella flexi- susceptibility in the second line remained high cauda is a model system for further genetic in- (97%). Thus, we successfully altered sus- vestigation into mosquito-filariid relationships. ceptibility to W. flexicauda in a laboratory strain of A. aegypti. The rapid response to Acknowledgment artificial selection and the subsequent sus- tained levels of susceptibility support the hy- Supported by NIH Research Grant No. AI- pothesis of inheritance via a simple genetic 02753 and NIH Training Grant No. AI-00378. factor. DEFINING REFRAGTORINESS. Before attempt- References Cited ing to analyze the mode of inheritance of this susceptibility factor, we decided to fur- Benach, J. L. and Grans, W. J. 1973. Larval development and transmission of Foleyella ther define our susceptible and refractory flexicauda Schacher and Crans, 1973 (Nema- phenotypes. The meaning of these two terms toda: Filarioidea) in Culex territans. J. Para- is too often left vague and ill defined. Most sit. 59: 797-800. frequently susceptibility is accepted as the Hayes, R. O. 1953. Determination of physiologi- presence of L;! worms in the mosquito head, cal saline solution for Aedes aegypti (L.). J. while refractoriness is implied as: (1) no Econ. Ent. 46: 624-627. Huff, C. G. 1929. The effects of selection upon microfilariae reaching the site of development, susceptibility to bird malaria in Culex pipiens (2) no developing filarial larvae, or (3) no Linn. Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit 23: 427- L:.j in the host proboscis. Usage varies from 442. one mosquito-filariid system to another and . 1931. The inheritance of natural im- is dependent on the interests of the individual munity to Plasmodium cathemerium in two species of Culex. J. Prevent. Med. 5: 249-259. using the term, i.e. epidemiologist, physiologist, Kartman, L. 1953. Factors influencing infection geneticist, etc. of the mosquito with Dirofilaria immitis Therefore, mosquitoes from both selected (Leidy 1856). Exp. Parasit. 2: 27-78. lines were allowed to engorge on a single, Kilama, W. L. and Craig, G. B., Jr. 1969. infective frog and dissected at 12-hr intervals Monofactorial inheritance of susceptibility to Plasmodium gallinaceum in Aedes aegypti. from day 0-3 and on day 12. For each line Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 63: 419-432. at each time interval, measurements of 20 heat- Macdonald, W. W. 1962a. The selection of a killed larval worms were recorded (Fig. 2). strain of Aedes aegypti susceptible to infection Looking first at length, larvae from refractory with semi-periodic Brugia malayi. Ann. Trop. mosquitoes were distinguished from their sus- Med. and Parasit. 56: 368-372. . 1962b. The genetic basis of susceptibil- ceptible counterparts after 48 hr. More impor- ity to infection with semi-periodic Brugia tantly, worms from refractory hosts did not malayi in Aedes aegypti. Ann. Trop. Med. and significantly change length after 36 hr. On Parasit. 56: 373-382. the basis of width measurements larvae from McGreevy, P. B., McClelland, G. A. H. and Lavoipierre, M. M. J. 1974. Inheritance susceptible and refractory A. aegypti were of susceptibility to Dirofilaria immitis infec- differentiated after 36 hr. From 24 hr on, tion in Aedes aegypti. Ann. Trop. Med. and worms in refractory mosquitoes did not in- Parasit. 68: 97-109. crease in width significantly. At .12 days post- Pilitt, D. R. and Jones, J. C. 1972. A qualita-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 91

tive method for estimating the degree of en- from Rana catesbeiana in New Jersey, with gorgement of Aedes aegypti adults. J. Med. a review of the genus and erection of two new Ent. 9: 334-337. subgenera. J. Parasit. 59: 685-691. Roubaud, E. 1937. Nouvelles recherches sur Sokal, R. R. and Rohlf, F. J. 1969. Biometry. 1'infection de moustique fievre jaune par Diro- W. H. Freeman Co., San Francisco. 776 pp. filaria immitis Leidy. Les races biologique de Ziclke, E. 1973. Untersuehungen zur Vererbung Aedes aegi/pti et 1'infection filarienne. Bull. der Empfanglichkeit gegeniiber der Hunde- Soc. Pathol. Exot. 30: 511-519. filarie Dirofilaria immitis bei Culex pipiens Schacher, J. F. and Crans, W. J. 1973. Fole- fatigans und Aedes aegypti. Z. f. Tropenmed. yella flexicauda sp. n. (Nematoda:Filarioidea) Parasit. 24: 36-44.

Isoglaridacris chetekensis sp. n. and I. uuisconsinensis sp. n. (Cestoda: Caryophyllaeidae) from Red Cedar River, Wisconsin Catostomid Fishes

DENNIS D. WILLIAMS Box 482 (24829 Parkside), Veneta, Oregon 97487

ABSTRACT: Isoglaridacris chetekensis sp. n. and I. wisconsinensis sp. n. parasitized 16 of 22 north- ern redhorse, Moxostoma macrolepidotum (LeSueur) and 17 of 42 northern hogsuckers, Hypentelium nigricans (LeSueur), respectively. By possessing a median row of vitellaria, I. clietekensis and I. wis- consinensis differ from all other species of Isoglaridacris except /. etowani Williams, 1975, which also shares this character. Differences in testes number, ovary shape, anterior extent of uterus, position of cirrus sac, and fish host serve to separate the above three species.

Eight species of caryophyllaeid cestodes the aid of a microprojector. All measurements comprise the genus Isoglaridacris Mackiewicz, are expressed in microns unless otherwise in- 1965. A ninth species, I. agminis Williams and dicated. Means are given with ranges in paren- Rogers, 1972, is not considered valid (Mackie- theses (N = sample size). wicz, 1974). This paper describes two new species of the above genus and presents addi- Isoglaridacris chetekensis sp. n. tional information about Biacetabulum infre- (Figs. 1, 2, 4, 6) quent Hunter, 1927. SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS (measurement based on Materials and Methods 10 gravid cestodes; 2 sectioned): Gravid hel- minths 11.3 (5.9-15.9) mm long by 0.99 Twenty-two northern redhorse, Moxostoma (0.71-1.08) mm wide at gonopore. Scolex macrolepidotum (LeSueur), and 42 northern cuneiform, bearing three pairs of shallow loc- hogsuckers, Hypentelium nigricans (LeSueur), uli (Figs. 1, 2). Neck distinct, 4.9 (2.4-5.7) (13—72 cm in total length) were collected mm from scolcx apex to anterior testes; 3.8 from the Red Cedar River between County (1.9^.4) mm from scolex apex to anterior Highway D and A bridges (Barren Co.) from vitelline follicles (Figs. 1, 2). Outer longi- March through September, 1968 and June, tudinal muscles indistinct. Inner longitudinal 1975. Fishes collected by seining and spear- muscles distinct, well developed, and arranged ing, were examined immediately after capture. around cortical parenchyma (Fig. 6). Testes Caryophyllaeids were fixed by shaking in cold spherical to oval to irregular in shape, number A.F.A. or 10% formalin, stored in 70% ethanol, 216 (201-228), average 222 (100-266) by stained in Mayer's paracarmine, and mounted 171 (80-226) (N = 35). External seminal in resinous media. Drawings were made with vesicle present, oval in shape, 188 (80-320)

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 92 PROCEEDINGS OE THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

6

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 93 by 79 (60-112). Cirrus sac circular, 197 spectively. Studies are in progress on the (142-232) (N = 8) in diameter, lying en- seasonal periodicity of this cestode. tirely to % within anterior ovarian arms (Figs. 1, 2). Cirrus unarmed, eversible. Conopore Isoglaridacris ivisconsinensis sp. n. large. Gonoporc joins uterovaginal canal on (Figs. 3, 5, 7, 8) ventral surface. Ovary H-shaped, lobate; pos- terior ovarian arms converge medially but do SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS (measurement based on not join. Ovary arms 1.63 (1.52-1.78) mm 12 gravid cestodes, 1 sectioned): Gravid ces- long by 0.15 (0.14-0.20) mm wide at isthmus. todes 13.1 (9.3-15.6) mm long by 0.84 (0.75- Vitellaria smaller than testes; preovarian round 1.01) mm wide at gonopore. Body tapers at to irregular in shape in one medial and two posterior end. Scolex cuneiform to rounded, lateral rows (Figs. 1, 2, 6); postovarian vitel- bearing three pair of shallow loculi (Figs. 3, laria round, consisting of 12—19 follicles, not 8). Neck distinct, 4.2 (3.9-4.7) mm from continuous with preovarian. Vagina straight, scolex apex to anterior testes; 3.3 (3.1-4.2) 5-8 wide, 280-610 long. Uterus extends ante- mm from scolex apex to anterior vitelline fol- rior of cirrus pouch. Uterine glands well de- licles. Outer longitudinal muscles indistinct. veloped. Eight osmoregulatory canals at mid- Inner longitudinal muscles, well developed, body. Eggs unembryonated, 28 (26-29) by arranged around cortical parenchyma (Fig. 7). 22 (20-24) (N = 10) (measured in utero). Testes spherical to lobate in shape, number Development unknown. 171 (154-194), average 215 (112-302) by HABITAT: Anterior % of intestines, weakly 126 (100-210) (N = 35). External seminal attached. vesicle present, oval in shape, 157 (142-196) HOST AND LOCALITY: Northern rcdhorse, M. by 77 (65-97). Cirrus sac oval to circular, macrolepidotiim. Red Cedar River (Barron 267 (160-284) (N = 9) in diameter, lying Co.), 1.8 km w. Chetek, Wisconsin. anterior to anterior ovarian arms (Fig. 8). Cir- TYPE SPECIMENS: Holotype, U.S.N.M. Helm. rus unarmed, eversible. Large common gono- Coll. No. 73951; Paratype, U.S.N.M. Helm. pore. Ovary H-shaped, lobate; posterior Coll. No. 73952. ovarian arms converge medially, but do not join. Ovarian arms 1.28 (0.96-1.56) mm long by 0.16 (0.14-0.18) mm wide at isthmus. Remarks Vitellaria smaller than testes; preovarian vitel- With regard to length, this species exhibits laria round to irregular in shape: one median some variation: gravid worms fixed in cold row and two lateral rows (Fig. 7); postovarian fixative were from 6 to 16 mm. This feature vitcllaria round, consisting of 9-19 follicles. is not unusual among the Caryophyllidea, how- Vagina straight, 5-7 wide, 490-820 long. ever. Different fixatives caused variation in Uterus seldomly extending anterior to cirrus the shape of the testes: those fixed in cold pouch. Uterine glands well developed. Sem- formalin were spherical whereas those in cold inal receptacle absent. Eight osmoregulatory A.F.A. were irregularly shaped. canals at miclbody region (Fig. 7). Eggs un- I. chetekenfiifi parasitized 16 of 22 redhorse embryonated, 34 (32-35) by 23 (21-24) (N with one to seven cestodes; the mean being 3.2. = 10) (measured in utero). Development Gravid adults were present in June and August unknown. but not in July. The fish examined during HABITAT: Anterior % intestine, weakly at- tlie.se three months were 13, 6, and 3, re- tached.

Figures 1-8. All cestodes from Red Cedar River, Wisconsin. 1. Gravid Isoglaridacris chetekensis. 2. Gravid /. chetekensis. 3. Scolex and posterior of immature /. wisconsinensis. 4. Midsagittal section through gonopore of /. chetekensis. 5. Midsagittal section through gonopore of /. ivisconsinensis showing everted cirrus. 6. Cross-section through mid-body of /. chetekensis. 7. Cross-section through mid-body of /. wis- consinensis. 8. Gravid /. ivisconsinensis. Figs. 5 and 7 are drawn to scale shown in Figs. 4 and 6 resp. Abbreviations: C—cirrus; E—excretory (osmoregulatory) canal; I—inner longitudinal muscles; P—preovarian vitellaria; PV—postovarian vitcllaria; S—cirrus sac; T—testis; U—uterus; UV—uterovaginal opening.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

HOST AND LOCALITY: Northern hogsucker, cific for different species of catostomids even H. nigricans. Red Cedar River (Barren Co.) though infected catostomids were collected in 1.8 km w. Chetek, Wisconsin. the same seine haul within yards of each TYPE SPECIMENS: Holotype, U.S.N.M. Helm. other; northern hogsuckcrs in shallow water Coll. No. 70702. Paratype, U.S.N.M. Helm. and northern redhorse in adjacent deeper Coll. No. 70703. water.

Remarks Biacetabulum infrequens Hunter, 1927 Although scolex variation was more prevalent B. infrequens has been encountered in Iowa in this species, variation in the length of gravid golden redhorse, M. enjthrurum (Raf.) silver individuals was less than in I. chetekensis. redhorse, M. anisurum (Raf.) (Calentine, The incidence of parasitism varied from one 1965) and in Wisconsin greater redhorse, M. immature to 33 gravid cestodes per infected rubreques Hubbs, (Fischthal, 1947) but was fish (x = 5.6). Immature cestodes were ob- reported absent in northern redhorse in these tained in early spring collections (March- two studies. Its presence in northern redhorse, May). Gravid cestodes were obtained in all M. macrolepidotum, constitutes a new host months March through September. record. B. infrequens is apparently a common Only one other species of Isoglaridacris, I. helminth of redhorse (Moxostoma) and its etowani, Williams, 1975, (from the Alabama catholic occurrence seemingly indicates a lack hogsucker, H. etowanum (Jordan)) also pos- of definite host specificity for species of Mo.ro- sesses a median row of preovarian vitellaria stoma. and is thus similar to I. wisconsinensis and I. In this study it was a frequent parasite, chetekensis. I. chetekensis differs from I. eto- infecting 12 of 22 (54.4%) northern redhorse. wani in having 201 or more testes, ovary H- Variation in the number of cestodes (immature shaped with open apex, uterus extending ante- to gravid) per host varied from one to 37 rior of cirrus sac, and cirrus sac enclosed by (x = 5.7). B. infrequens was present in 12 of anterior ovarian arms, while I. etowani possess 13 redhorse collected in June but absent in 105 or fewer testes, ovary A-shaped normally redhorse collected in July and August. with closed apex, uterus not extending anterior of the cirrus sac, and the cirrus sac not enclosed Discussion by anterior ovarian arms. Z. wisconsinensis Three species of caryophyllaeids are now differs from I. etowani in having 154 to 194 known to parasitize northern redhorse: I. testes, ovarian apex open; neck short, 0.3 or longus Fredrickson and Ulmer, 1967, in Iowa less of body length; and cirrus sac generally (Fredrickson and Ulmer, 1967); Z. chete- larger (160—284 /x), while I. etowani possesses kensis in Wisconsin (this study); and B. infre- 105 or fewer testes; ovarian apex closed; neck quens in Wisconsin (this study). Four species long, more than 0.3 of body length; and cirrus of caryophyllaeids parasitize northern hog- sac generally smaller (137-197 /x). suckers: M. ulmeri in Iowa (Calentine and I. wisconsinensis differs from I. chetekensis Mackiewicz, 1966); I. bulbocirrus Mackiewicz, in that the former has 194 or fewer testes, 1965 in five states (Mackiewicz, 1965); I. the cirrus is anterior to the anterior ovarian wisconsinensis in Wisconsin (this study); and arms and thus, is not enclosed by them, the B. infrequens in Tennessee (Mackiewicz, 1972). cirrus sac is larger, the uterus seldomly extends Mackiewicz (1965) was unable to substan- anterior to the cirrus sac, and the scolex is tiate the presence of Glaridacris catostomi wedge-shaped to rounded and nearly the same Cooper, 1920, in Wisconsin northern hog- width as its neck, while I. chetekensis has suckers, as reported by Fischthal (1947). 201 or more testes, the cirrus sac is enclosed by the anterior ovarian arms, the cirrus sac Acknowledgmen ts is smaller (for cestodes of each species of the same total length), the uterus extends ante- Appreciation is expressed to Messrs. J. M. rior of the cirrus sac, and the scolex definitely Dennis, D. V. Williams, and R. Lindblad, all wedge-shaped, is always wider than its neck. of Chetek, Wisconsin for their aid in collecting In addition, both caryophyllacids are host spe- fishes.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 95

Literature Cited redhorse (Moxostoma). Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 72; 444-461. Calentine, R. L. 1965. The biology and tax- Mackiewicz, J. S. 1965. Redescription and dis- onomy of Biacetabulum (Cestoda: Caryo- tribution of Glaridacris catostomi Cooper, phyllaeidae). J. Parasit. 51: 243-248. , and J. S. Mackiewicz. 1966. Mono- 1920 (Cestoidea: Caryophyllaeidae). J. Para- sit. 51: 554-560. bothrium ulmeri n. sp. (Cestoda: Caryophyl- laeidae) from North American Catostomidae. . 1972. Two new species of caryophyl- Trans. Am. Micros. Soc. 85: 516-520. laeid tapeworms from catostomid fishes in Fischthal, J. S. 1947. Parasites of northwest Tennessee. J. Parasit. 58: 1075-1081. Wisconsin fish. I. The 1944 survey. Trans. . 1974. Isoglaridacris calentinci n. sp. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts, and Lett. 37: 157-220. (Cestoidea: Caryophyllidea) from catostomid Fredrickson, L. H. and M. J. Ulmer. 1967. fish in western United States. Trans. Am. Caryophyllaeid cestodes from two species of Micros. Soc. 93: 143-147.

Announcement In response to numerous requests for reprints of the publication, "Identification of Parasitic Metazoa in Tissue Sections," by MayBelle Chitwood and J. Ralph Lichtenfels has been reprinted by the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Copies are available from J. Ralph Lichtenfels, Animal Parasitology Institute, USDA, ARS, BARC East Bldg. 1180, Beltsville, Maryland 20705.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Research Note Prevalence of Certain Endoparasitic Helminths of the Yellow Perch from Western Lake Erie

A number of studies of parasitism in Lake study. Table 1 compares the prevalence of the Erie fishes have been conducted. Early in- parasites collected during the present study vestigations are summarized in the extensive with the prevalence of these parasites in yel- study of Dechtiar (1972. Great Lakes Fish. low perch from the western basin of Lake Erie Comm. Tech. Rpt. No. 17. 20 p.). The pur- during 1927-1929 and 1957. Dechtiar (loc. pose of this work was to discern the prevalence cit.) reported 13 new host records for para- of endoparasitic helminths in the body cavity sites of Lake Erie perch, but he did not dis- and viscera of yellow perch, Perca flavescens, tinguish records from fish collected in the from the island region of western Lake Erie. eastern and western basins of the Lake. Com- A minimum of 100 yellow perch were col- parisons with this study, therefore, are not lected by otter trawl on a twice monthly basis possible. from June through October, 1974. The fish Of the nine species of helminths encountered were transported to the laboratory alive or on parasitizing the body cavity and visceral organs of yellow perch, it is evident that T. nodulosm ice and examined immediately for parasites. and E. tubifex have increased in prevalence, Identification was accomplished by studying C. cooperi, Bothriocephalus sp., Proteocephalus living and preserved whole mount specimens spp. and D. cotylophora have decreased in under a compound microscope. Preserved prevalence and P. cijlindracea and C. oxy- specimens were prepared for identification cephalus exhibit no difference in prevalence following standard methods. (x2, 95% I.e. with 1 d.f.) since 1927-1929. A total of nine species of helminth parasites This study was supported in part by Fed- were removed from the body cavity and vis- eral Aid in Sport Fish Restoration Act, Project ceral organs of the 735 yellow perch examined. No. F-48-R-3. These are listed in Table 1. C. LAWRENCE COOPER, ROBERT R. ASHMEAD Two previous studies by Bangham and AND JOHN L. CRITES Hunter (1939. Zoologica 24:385-448) and Center for Lake Erie Area Research and Bangham (1972. Bull. Ohio Biol. Sur. n. s. Department of Zoology, 4:1—23) have been made of fish collected The Ohio State University from the same areas as those in the present Columbus, Ohio 43210

Table 1. Prevalence of certain endoparasitic helminths of yellow perch from Western Lake Erie.

Site Prevalence Prevalence Prevalence of 1927-1929 1957 1974- Parasite infection n-60 n-93 n-735 Trematoda Crepidostomum cooperi Hopkins, 1931 intestine 20 65 0.8 Cestoda Bothriocephalus sp.b intestine 11.6 15.1 3.3 Triaenophorua nodiilostis Pallas, 17901' liver, mesenteries 3.3 3.2 12.2 Proteoccphaliis spp.1' intestine 80 10.8 0.1 Nematoda Camallanus oxycephalus Ward and Magath, 1917 intestine 1.6 5.4 6.1 Dacnitoideft cotylophora (Ward and Magath, 1917) intestine 38.3 31.2 10.3 Eustrongylides tubifex (Nitzsch, 1819 )b mesenteries 0.0 8.6 41.4 Philometra cijlindracea (Ward and Magath, 1917) body cavity 1.6 0.0 8.4 Acanthocephala Neoechinorhynchus cylindratiis (Van Cleave, 1913) intestine 0.0 1.9 •' Present study. 11 Immature or larval forms.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 97

Research Note Prepatent and Patent Periods of the Bovine Coccidium Eimeria subspherica Christensen, 1941, with a Redescription of the Sporulated Oocyst

Eimeria subspherica was originally described The mean prepatent period was 9.3 days, and from cattle in Alabama (Christensen, 1941, J. the mean patent period was 11.1 days. The Parasit. 27: 203-220) and has since been re- prepatent period was shorter than that re- ported from cattle throughout the world ported for most bovine coccidia (Levine and (Levine and Ivens, 1970, 111. Biol. Monogr. Ivens, 1970, loc. cit.). One of the calves had 44: 71-72). The prepatent and patent periods an unusually long prepatent period of 18 days for this species are reported here, along with and a very short patent period of 4 days a redcscription of the sporulated oocysts. (Table 1). This may have been due to a Fecal samples were collected from the rec- natural infection. tums of cattle with natural infections of E. From preliminary work (unpublished data), subspherica, and the oocysts were recovered we found that it was necessary to give the and sporulated by the methods of Soekardono calves at least one million sporulated oocysts et al. (1975, Vet. Parasit. 1: 19-33). Oocysts to produce detectable patent infections with used to inoculate calves were from prior ex- E. subspherica. Soekardouo et al. (1975, loc. perimental infections. Seven 2- to 3-week-olcl cit.) found it necessary to give 10 million calves were inoculated per os with 1 million oocysts of E. alabamensis to produce consistent to 58 million sporulated oocysts. Feces were detectable patent infections in calves. Further collected daily from these calves and examined for oocysts by direct flotation with Sheather's sugar solution. For detailed microscopic exam- ination, the sporulated oocysts were concen- trated with Sheather's sugar solution and exam- ined with a microscope fitted with a 100 X planapochromatic oil immersion objective. One hundred sporulated oocysts and 100 sporo- cysts were measured. The number of layers in the oocyst wall was determined by care- fully rolling the oocysts under gentle coverslip pressure until the outer layer peeled off. All measurements are in microns; the means are in parentheses after the ranges. The prepatent and patent periods from the experimental infections are shown in Table 1.

Table I. Prepatent and patent periods of Eimeria subspherica.

Number of oocysts given Prepatent period Patent period in millions in days in days

1 7 15 6 8 12 12 9 12 12 18 4 10 M 29 8 9 29 9 13 Figure 1. Drawing of the sporulated oocysts ol 58 8 13 Eimeria subspherica.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGTCAL SOCIETY

10.5); their length-width ratios were 1.0—1.2 (1.06). Polar granule and oocyst residuum were absent. The sporocysts were elongate- ellipsoidal, 7-8 by 3-5 (7.7 by 3.1), with a Stieda body and without a substiedal body. The sporocyst residuum was absent or rarely present as a few scattered granules. The sporo- zoites were elongate, lying lengthwise in the sporocysts, partly curled around one another. A posterior refractile globule was present in each sporo7,oite. A refractile granule was usually present at the ends of sporocysts. The nuclear area was visible in most sporozoites. Our observations of the oocysts of E. sub- spherica agree with those of previous workers (Levine and Ivens, 1970, loc. cit.) except most reports state that the oocyst wall of E. .vi//;- spherica has only one layer. By careful manip- ulation however, we found that there are two Figure 2. Photomicrograph of sporulated ootyst layers. Bhatia et al. (1968, Acta Vet. Acad. of Eitneria subspherica with the outer layer (OL) of Sci. Hungary 18:115-133) reported that the the wall separated from the inner layer (IL). wall had two layers. They drew the oocyst X 3,600. wall with a thick outer layer and a thin inner one. We found that the wall actually had a thin outer layer and thick inner one. investigation is needed to determine why it is The oocyst of E. subspherica is the smallest necessary to give such large numbers of oo- one described from cattle, and it can be easily eysts to produce detectable infections with overlooked during routine fecal examinations. some species of bovine coccidia. To determine whether E. subspherica was Sporulated oocysts of E. subsperica were present, we often found it necessary to exam- spherical to subspherical, rarely ellipsoidal ine fecal flotations at 400X magnification, (Fig. 1). The oocyst wall was smooth and especially when pollen grains were abundant consisted of 2 layers (Fig. 2) about 1.0 thick. in the feces. When separated, the outer layer was brownish- yellow, 0.3 thick, and the inner layer was color- JOHN V. ERNST AND CHARLES H. COURTNEY less, 0.7 thick, and lined by a dark membrane. Regional Parasite Research Laboratory, Micropyle and micropylar cap were absent. USDA-ARS-SR, Post Office Drawer 952, The oocysts were 10-13 by 9-12 (11.0 by Auburn, Alabama 36830

Research Note

Occurrence of Canine Hepatozoonosis in the Philippines

Hepatozoon cania was first described in the Depts. Govt. India, N.S. 14: 1-12) also re- leucocytes of a dog in India by Bentley (1905, ported the parasite in India and originally The Brit. Med. 1. I: 988). In the same year, assigned the name Leucocijtozoon canis, a lames (1905, Sci. Mem. Off. Med. and Sanit. generic name already reserved for avian hemo-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 . 99

Figure 1. Case #3. Splenic necrosis with associated schizonts. H & E stain. X 600. Figure 2. Case #3. Spleen with several schizonts. H & E stain. X 525. Figure 3. Case #3. Higher magnification of schizont containing small merozoites. H & E stain. X 1310. Figure 4. Case #3. Higher magnification of schizont containing several large merozoites. H & E stain. X 1310. gregarines. The genus Hepatozoon was Although H. canty is a cosmopolitan para- foundcd by Miller in 1908 for a parasite ob- site having been reported from Europe, Africa served in the leucocytes of laboratory rats and parts of Southeast Asia, it has been the (1908, Bull. U.S. Hygiene Lab. 46: 1-48). subject of little systematic review or experi-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE HELMINTIIOLOGICAL SOCIETY mentation. The most comprehensive descrip- biotics, iron and vitamins. One dog later tion of the genus Hepatozoon is by Wenyon became free of gametocytes on plain blood, and (1926, Protozoology, Bailliere Tindall and Cox, buffy coat smear preparations. London 1563 pp.). This is the first histopathological description The brown dog tick, Rhipicephalus san- of three cases in which schizonts resembling guincus is considered the vector of the para- those of II. canis were observed in tissues site. Natural infection occurs from ingestion from dogs in the Philippines. One dog (Case of ticks harboring the organism. Schizogony 1) was euthanatized due to an intractable occurs in the liver, spleen, bone marrow and clemoclecosis, while two other cases died fol- other organs and the merozoites produced lowing a clinical syndrome resembling canine enter leucocytes, where they form the familiar distemper. In Case 1, significant changes were gametocytes which have been described in the in the liver and consisted of small focal areas peripheral blood. They are subsequently taken of necrosis associated with //. canis organisms. into the body of the tick following a blood Schizonts were also observed in the prescapular meal where sporogony and gametogony occur lymph node. In Case 2, the liver was also (Wenyon, 1926, loc. cit.). affected with sharply demarcated areas of Information is sparse regarding the patho- coagulative necrosis and infiltrations of lym- genicity of H. canis. Rau (1925, Vet. J. 81: phocytes and macrophages. The splenic 293-307) claimed to have infected dogs by changes consisted of multifocal zones of ne- injecting splenic material containing schizonts. crosis and reticuloendothelial cell hyperplasia. He reported that parasites were found in the There were many schizonts present in the peripheral blood two to three weeks after liver and spleen in association with areas infection and that the infection may bring of necrosis. Other pathologic features were about the death of the animal. Rahimuddin interstitial pneumonia and slight interstitial (1942, Intl. Vet. J. 19: 153-154) reported myocarditis. In Case 3, numerous schizonts a serious disease syndrome in dogs leading were seen in the spleen often in association to death which was presumably clue to H. with large foci of necrosis (Figs. 1 and 2). canis. A report from South Africa by Porter Several types of schizonts varying in size and also indicated that this parasite may cause number of merozoites were observed (Figs. serious disease (1918, S. Afr. J. Sci. 15: 335- 3 and 4). Lesions in the liver were similar but 336). In 1954, Tuchmanyan cited by Galuzo less severe. Early pneumonitis was found in (1965, Acad. Sci. Kazakh. S. S. R., ALMA- the lung; however, only one schizont was ob- ATA pp. 328-342) examined 900 clogs in served in the lung within an endothelial cell. Tashkent, USSR and found H. canis in 20 Other tissues including the central nervous of the animals. He also found that experi- system were not remarkable. mental infection in dogs resulted in clinical Since we were unable to confirm a histo- signs four to five months later with signs pathologic diagnosis of canine distemper or resembling those of visceral leishmaniasis. other intercurrent disease, it appears that Hoogstral pointed out that the parasite is hcpatozoonosis could have been the cause of apparently able to cross the placental barrier death in cases 2 and 3. The finding of nu- (1961, Int. Rev. Trop. Med. 1: 247-267). merous //. canis developmental forms in tissues Also, the possibility of Hepatozoon as a cause of three dogs in association with areas of focal of disease in neonatal pups has been suggested necrosis indicates a direct injurious effect by by Jackson (1958, Vet. Rec. 70: 288-289). the parasite. Although some authors consider In the Philippines, Carlos et al. (1971, Phil. /-/. canis of little pathologic significance, we J. of Vet. Mod. 10: 181-189) identified ga- feel that it can be responsible for severe lesions metocytes of H. canis in the leucocytes of and death. This view is in agreement with a eight dogs. Four showed clinical disease while recent report by McCully et al. (1975, Onder- the rest were apparently healthy. The death of stepoort J. Vet. Res. 42: 117-134) who de- one of the four sick dogs was attributed to con- scribed severe lesions in dogs clue to H. canis current dirofilariasis; however, a necropsy was which were seen in uncomplicated cases as not done. The other three dogs showed de- well as in those cases complicated by inter- creased parasitemia after treatment with anti- current viral and protozoal disease. Further

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 101 studies are needed to determine the pathoge- Department of Microbiology, Pathology netic mechanisms involved in canine hepato- and Public Health zoonosis as well as the host specificity of the College of Veterinary Medicine parasite in various carnivores. University of the Philippines M. N. No VILLA.', R. P. KWAPIEN AND Diliman, Quezon City and R. S. PENEYRA Department of Veterinary Pathology Armed Forces Institute of Pathology 1 Present address: Maryland Department of Agriculture, Animal Health Laboratory, College Park, Maryland 20740. Washington, D.C. 20306

Research Note Cestodes from Rattus Fischer in Taiwan

From a total of 206 rats, representing four Of the seven species of cestodes identified, species, collected in Taiwan and examined for all except Dipylidium caninum (Linne, 1758) helminth parasites, 173 individuals, or 84%, are common parasites of rats in that portion of were infected with tapeworms. Asia which includes China and its offshore The hosts included 82 specimens of Rattus islands (Tang, 1940, Biol. Bull. Fukien Chris- norvegicus (Berkenhout), 80 of R. rattus tian Univ. 2: 73-88; Li and Hsii, 1948, Peking subsp., 25 of R. losea (Swinhoe), and 17 of Nat. Hist. Bull. 16: 203-214; Tubangui, 1931, R. c. coxinga (Swinhoe), among each of which Philipp. J. Sci. 46: 537-591; Yeh, 1970, J. were infected specimens. Both of two indi- Taiwan Assoc. Anim. Husb. Vet. Med., No. viduals of R. rattus mindanensis Mearns exam- 16, pp. 38-43). ined were uninfected. The appearance of Dipijlidium caninum, Four families of ccstodcs with a total of typically a parasite of canines and felines, and seven identifiable and two uncertain species occasionally humans, in four specimens of were found (Table 1). Rattus norvegicus is the first instance noted by

Table 1. Ccstodcs from species of Rattus in Taiwan.

Hosts Rattus coxinifa Raittis Rattus rattus coxinga Rat Ins losea noroegictis subsp. ( 17 examined ) ( 25 examined ) (82 examined) ( 80 examined ) Infected Infected Infected Infected o/ Cestodes No. No. ' •< No. °/ No. % Hymenolepidiidae Hymenolepis dim inn ta S 47 8 32 26 31.7 19 23.7 Hymcnolvpix sp. 0 0 0 "(> 1 1.2 1 1.25 Rodentolapis strain inea. 3 17.5 0 0 2 2.4 4 5 Vampirolepis fniterna 9 53 0 0 3 3.7 4 5 Davaineidae Raillictina. (Raillictina} cclebensis 3 17.6 8 32 31 37.8 19 23.7 Raillictina (Paroniclla) retractilis 0 0 0 0 2 2.4 1 1.25 Raillictina (R.) sp.:;: 0 11.7 8 32 18 22 19 23.7 Dilepidae Dipylidium caninum 4.8 Taeniidae Hydatigera taeniaeformis 4.8 1.25 (strobilocercus) Probably Raillictina (R.) celebensis.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY the writers in which this species, one of medical Yeh (1970 loc. cit.) noted that the inci- and veterinary importance, has been found in dence of R. (R.) celebensis in rats had in- rats or any species of rodents. This report creased over the past 30 years in Taiwan. Aside and those of Ivanitsldi, Tysmbal, and Nosik from Hymenolepis diminuta, R. (R.) cele- (1940, Sbornik Trudov Kharkovskogo Vet. bensis is the most abundant species found in List. 19: 163-164) and Shimalov (1965, Vesti the rats of this survey. Akad. Navuk BSSR, s. Biial. Navuk (1), p. This work was supported under Public Law 120-123) of D. caninum in the intestine of 480, Section 104(c) in part by the Bureau pigs extend the range of definitive hosts of this of Medicine and Surgery, Navy Department cosmopolitan cestode. Other species of cestodes found in this Work Unit MR 005.10-0098 and in part by survey and known to occur in humans include Contract NR 103-690/N0014-66-C0094 be- Vampirolepis fraterna (Stiles, 1906), which tween the Office of Naval Research, Depart- occurred in three species of rats and Rail- ment of the Navy, and the Southwest Founda- lietina (Raillietina} celebensis (Janicki, 1904). tion for Research and Education, San Antonio. R. (R.) sp., which could not be identified with certainty, but is probably R. (R.) cele- O. WILFORD OLSEN bensis, appeared in all four species of rats. Department of Zoology and Entomology The four remaining species include Rodento- Colorado State University lepis straminea (Goeze, 1872) from rats and Fort Collins, Colorado 80523 mice, Raillietina (Paroniella) retractilis Stiles, 1925 from rabbits, hares and rats, Hymenolepis ROBERT E. KUNTZ diminuta (Rudolphi, 1819) from rats and mice, Parasitology Department and the strobilocercus of Plydatigera taeniae- Southwest Foundation for Research and formis (Batsch, 1876) whose adults are cosmo- Education politan parasites of cats. San Antonio, TX 78206

Research Note Anticoccidial Activity of Flutamide (Sch 13521) against Eimeria tenella

Flutamide (4'nitro 3'trifluoromethyl iso- Flutamide (Sch 13521) was supplied as butyranilide, Sch 13521) is a nonsteroidal anti- pure drug in micronized form. Appropriate androgen in rodents and dogs (Neri et al., amounts were weighed and mixed in a crude 1972, Endocrinol. 91: 427-437) and causes premix by hand and then mixed with a house- penis displacement and inhibits Cowper's hold mixer to obtain final concentrations of gland development in male swine fetuses 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3% of diet. A prophylactic and (Dame and Campbell, 1974, Annual Meeting, a therapeutic evaluation were each conducted Society for Reproduction). This report pre- as described below. sents data evaluating the prophylactic and PROPHYLACTIC STUDY: Chicks 7 days of age therapeutic anticoccidial activities of this com- were weighed, wingbandecl and distributed by pound against Eimeria tenella. weight in groups of 10. Two days after start- Hubbard, White Mountain cross cockerels ing on medicated feeds each bird was infected were obtained at one day of age from a sup- with 250,000 sporulated oocysts of Eimeria plier in Pennsylvania and maintained under tenella. coccidia-free conditions until used at 7 days In the prophylactic study, estimates of ce- of age. cal oocyst numbers, cecal lesions, weight gains,

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 103

Table 1. Prophylactic activity of llutamidc against experimental Ehncria tenclla infections in chickens.

Weight sain Cecal oocysts ( survivors ) Mortality/ Lesion Bird Fecal Druj; level grams % uuc Total indices (X 10") score Index

0.30 127.6 42.6 0/10 1.3 0.081 — 128.8 0.20 180.0 60.6 0/10 0.8 0.105 — 151.5 0.10 236.0 79.0 0/10 ().() 0.194 177.1 Uninfected Untreated 297.9 100.0 0/10 0.0 0.0 200.0 Control Amprolium 253.4 84.0 0/10 0.1 0.0 — 183.9 (0.0125%) Infected Untreated 141.3 47.6 3/10 1.8 3.401 +++ 65.6 Control mortality and droppings scores were evaluated sporulatecl E. leiiella. Starting simultaneously as described (Panitz, 1974a, b, Proc. Helm. with infection a group of chicks was placed Soc. Wash. 41: 111-112; J. Parasit. 60: 530- on medicated feed of 0.1% diet. An additional 531). The anticoccidial index (ACI) described group of chicks was placed on flutamide medi- previously was calculated for each group. cated feed (0.1% diet) on each of days 1, There was no mortality in any birds treated 2, and 3 after infection. Chicks remained on prophylactic-ally with flutamide (Table 1). medicated feed until termination of the ex- Cecal oocyst estimates of each group of ex- periment. Birds were weighed and killed 10 perimental birds was reduced by at least 95% days after infection and cecal lesions were when compared to the infected untreated evaluated as described (Panitz, 1974a, b, loc. control group. Cecal lesion indices increased cit). in a direct relationship to drug level. This Estimates of daily and total oocyst produc- suggests that the drug may have affected the tion by each treatment group starting day 6 cecal appearance in the 0.2% and 0.3% treat- after treatment and terminating day 10 at ment groups. Fecal scores were evaluated as necropsy were determined by the Long and severe in the IUC group only. Drug levels of Rowell (1958, Lab. Pract. 7: 515-518, 534) 0.025%' (Panitz, unpublished data) were in- method. Cecal lesion indices, mortality, fecal effective in preventing E. tenclla induced coc- scores and weight gains were evaluated. The cidiosis. ACI was calculated for each treatment group. THERAPEUTIC STUDY: Birds were distributed Weight gains of survivors in experimental as described above and infected with 250,000 groups decreased with the increased delay in

Table 2. Therapeutic activity of flutamide against experimental Eimeria tenella infections in chickens.

Weight gain Total Time ( survivors ) oocysts/ Jjrug level started Mortality/ gi onp Fecal ( % diet ) (DPI)* grams % uuc Total index (X 10«) score Index

0.1 0 201.7 82.0 0/10 0.9 44.16 + 128.8 0.1 + 1 215.8 88.0 2/10 1.7 91.18 ++ 59.8 0.1 +2 198.1 80.5 0/10 1.8 92.69 +++ 69.8 0.1 +3 159.9 64.9 3/10 2.4 45.99 +++ 65.0 Infected Untreated 210.1 85.0 0/10 1.8 106.0 ++++ 61.0 Control Uninfected Untreated — 245.1 100.0 0/10 0.3 0.00 197.0 Control * DPI = days post infection.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELM1NTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Table ?>. Effect of therapeutic administration of as is classically expected, and shown in the Hutamide on Eimeria tenella oocyst release pattern. IUC group (Table 3). The therapeutic study suggests the main Days after infection Treatment mode of action of flutamide is on the early group 6 7 8 9 10 stages of the life cycle of E. tenella, either in Infected the intestinal lumen or migrating within the Untreated 5.7* 68.0 4.7 13.6 7.5 Control intestinal wall. The pattern of oocyst excretion o** 2.3 59.0 19.2 13.6 5.7 suggests a more subtle and less pronounced + 1 o o 33.0 30.8 24.8 9.3 effect on later stages of the coccidian life +2 10.8 37.8 20.2 21.8 8.6 +3 4.4 28.4 26.2 10.8 30.4 cycle. This could be determined by appro- Percent of total oocysts passed. priate in vitro or histologic evaluation. Days after infection treatment started. The antiandrogenic activity of flutamide (Neri et al., 1972, loc. cit.; Dame and Camp- bell, 1974, loc. cit.) may have influenced the addition of drug (Table 2). Mean weights chicks' weight gain and cannot be overlooked. of all surviving experimental groups were No attempt was made to evaluate flutamide approximately equal to or less than the infected effects on sex organs of the birds used in untreated control group. No definitive mor- these studies nor were histologic preparations tality pattern was observed. Lesion indices of the cecal lesions examined. were reduced only in birds treated starting The chemical similarity between flutamide day 0. Total oocyst production was reduced and corresponding 3,5 dinitrobenzamides such by 58%, 14%, 12% and 54% in groups re- as zoalene and aklomide and 3 trifluoromethyl, ceiving treatment on days 0, +1, +2 and +3 5 nitrobenzamides should also be noted. after infection respectively. Fecal dropping Dr. Eli Gold synthesized the compound scores also increased in groups where drug used in these studies. administration was delayed after infection. ERIC PANITZ AND CAROL A. STAHL The pattern of daily oocyst shedding is of Schering Corporation, interest as the level of flutamide used in these Animal Health Research Center studies appears to modify the shedding pat- P. O. Box 608 tern, minimizing the peak passage of oocysts Allentown, N.J. 08501

Research Note Helminths of Wild Turkeys in West Texas

Helminth parasitism in the eastern subspe- Florida, recovered 34 species of helminths, and cies of the wild turkey, Meleagm gallopavo compared the helminth faunas of Meleagris silvestris Viellot, was reviewed and extensively gallopavo osceola Scott from peninsular Florida studied by Prestwood (1968, Parasitism Among with that of M. g. sijlvestris from the Missis- Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo silvestris) of sippi Delta as elucidated by Prestwood (1968, the Mississippi Delta, Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. loc. cit.). The only existing record of disease Ga., 67 p.) and Prestwood, Kellogg, and Doster and parasitism in the Rio Grande .subspecies, (1973, In C. C. Sanderson and H. C. Schultz, Meleagris gallopavo intermedia Sennett, from Wild Turkey Management, Proc. Natl. Wild Texas 'is that of Thomas (1964, Wilson Bull. Turkey Symp. 2, Univ. Mo. Press, Columbia, 76: 292) who found a single case each of Mo., 159-167). Recently, Hon, Forrester, and blackhead (Histomonas meleagridis), scaly-leg Williams (1975, Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash. 42: (Knemidokoptes mutatis), and fowl pox in 119-127) examined 220 wild turkeys from 3 of 330 birds examined. The only record of

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 105

Table 1. Helminths from the Rio Grande Wild the common flicker, Colaptes auratus, in Mary- Turkey in West Texas. land. This species was also reported from C. auratus and Dendrocopos mllosus in Oregon by Prevalence Number of Weathcrly and Canaris (1960, J. Parasit. 47: Num- worms per 230). The former host is common in the open ber infection in- Per- scrub live oak woodlands of West and Central Helminth fected cent Mean Rani; Texas which may explain the source of infec- Cestocla tion for the wild turkey. The remaining species, Metraliasthes lucida 12/12 100 21 1-159 Ransom, 1900 Metroliasthes lucida Ransom, 1900, Raillietina Raillietina uiilliamsi 8/12 67 4 1-21 williamsi Fuhrmann, 1932, and Heterakis gal- Fuhrmann, 1932 linarum (Schrank, 1788) are common para- Li'^a braziliensis 4/12 33 8 2-24 sites of the wild turkey in the Eastern and (Parona, 1901) Southeastern United States (Prestwood, et al., Nematoda Heterakis gallinarum 7/12 58 2 1—12 1973, loc. cit.; lion et al., 1975, loc. cit.). (Schrank, 1788) Except for M. lucida reported from Oklahoma by Self and Bouchard (1950, loc. cit.), these represent new host records for M. g. inter- helminth parasitism in this subspecies is the media. Echinoparyphium recurvatum and Z?/- study of Self and Bouchard (1950, J. Parasit. gocotijle lunata, reported as the only other hel- 36: 502-503) from the Wichita Mountains in minths encountered in the Wichita Mountains southwestern Oklahoma. M. g. intermedia by these workers, are charac- Because of the dearth of information on the teristic trematodes of waterfowl as pointed out helminth fauna of this subspecies the present by Hon et al. (1975, loc. cit.). Trematodes study was undertaken. The viscera of 12 M. were not encountered in birds from the drier g. intermedia were collected in November and areas of West Texas in the present investiga- December 1973 near Paint Rock, Concho tion. County, Texas by the junior author. These This study indicates an apparent minor sig- consisted of 6 (4 juveniles and 2 adults) male nificance of helminthiasis in the Rio Grande and 6(3 juveniles and 3 adults) female speci- subspecies of the Wild Turkey in West Texas. mens. All organs were examined for gross However, it reflects the need for a much larger lesions and helminths. Intestinal and cecal sample size from several localities involving contents were sedimented in beerman glasses both poults and adults collected on a seasonal and the sediment examined under a dissecting basis in order to more fully understand the microscope. The supernatant was passed implications of parasitism and associated dis- through a series of fine meshed screens to eases in this game species. facilitate recovery of small nematodes. Ces- DANNY B. PENCE todes were fixed in AFA, stored in 70% ethyl Division of Comparative Pathology alcohol and later stained with colestin blue B Department of Pathology or Semichon's acetic carmine. Texas Tech University School of Medicine Three species of cestodes and one nematode Lubbock, Texas 79413 were recovered (Table 1). Of these, only Liga braziliensis (Parona, 1901) represents a STANLEY BICKEL new host record for the wild turkey in North Department of Range and Wildlife America. Ransom (1909, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. Management 69: 1—141) provided a history and redescrip- Texas Tech University tion of this species based on specimens from Lubbock, Texas 79409

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Research Note The Occurrence of a "Coiled" Metamicrocotyla macracantha on the Gills of the Mullet, Mugil cephalus

In January of 1974 a number of mullet my colleagues might enjoy seeing a picture (Mugil cephalus), 150 to 300 mm in length, of it. were obtained from the Mississippi Gulf Coast Many thanks go to Dr. David E. Zwerner near Ocean Springs, Mississippi. During of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science for routine examination for parasites, 3 immature identifying the trematode. Metamicrocotyla macracantha (Koratha) were found on the gills of one mullet. Two of the C. DOUGLAS MINCHEW monogenetics were coiled around a filament Department of Zoology much as a Boa coils around its prey. I found Mississippi State University this behavior quite interesting and thought that Mississippi State, Mississippi 39762

'

Figure 1. A photomicrograph of an immature Metamicrocotyla macracantha coiled around a gill filament from a mullet (Mugil cephalis).

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 107

Research Note Helminth Parasites of White-tailed Deer (Odocoileus virginianus) from New Jersey and Oklahoma

During 1974, 20 white-tailed deer from New 720-725; Prestwood et al, 1970, J. Parasit. Jersey and Oklahoma were examined for hel- 56: 123-127; Prestwood, 1971, J. Parasit. minth parasites. Deer originated from the 57: 1292; Prestwood et al., 1971, J. Wildl. Peaslee Wildlife Management Area, Cumber- Dis. 7: 149-154; Prestwood et al., 1973, J. land County, New Jersey, and from the Cook- Am. Vet. Mcd. Assoc. 163: 556-561; Pursglove son Refuge, Adair County, and the Pushma- et al., 1974, J. Parasit. 60: 1059-1060; Purs- taha Wildlife Management Area, Pushmataha glove et al., 1976, J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. County, Oklahoma. Helminthologic findings 169: 896-900). are summarized in Table 1. Setaria yehi has been reported previously Seventeen speeies of helminths were recov- from New Jersey deer (Becklund and Walker, ered. New Jersey deer harbored 9 species, 1969, J. Parasit. 55: 359-368), and Eucyatho- Oklahoma deer harbored 15 species, and seven stomum ioebbi, Oesophagostoinum venulosum, species were common to deer of both states. and Parelaphostrongylus tennis, respectively, Parasite faunas of New Jersey and Oklahoma have been reported previously from Oklahoma deer were similar to those found previously deer (Pursglove, 1976, J. Parasit. 62: 574- in deer of the southeastern United States 578; Baker and Pursglove, 1976, J. Parasit. 62: (Prestwood and Smith, 1969, J. Parasit. 55: 166-168; Carpenter et al., 1972, J. Wildl. Dis.

Table 1. Helminth parasites ol white-tailed deer from New Jersey and Oklahoma.

New Jersey (10 cleerf ) Oklahoma (10 deer) Worm count Worm count No. in- No. in- Location/Parasite fected Range fected Range Mean Musculature Parelaphostrongylus andersoni Prestwood, 1972 0-1 Brain Parelaphostrongyltu tennis (Dougherty, 1945) 4* 0-3 1.4 0-25 Lungs Dictyocaulus viviparus (Bloch, 1782) 3* 0-13 3.0 Abdominal Cavity Sertaria yehi Desset, 1966 3* 0-100 21.0 0.2 Esophagus Gongylonema piilchrum Molin, 1857 4* 0-61 39.8 10* 3-97 21.5 Rumen Gongylonema vcrnicositm (Giles, 1892) 6* 0-150 16.8 Abomasum Haemonchus contortus (Rudolphi, 1803) 1* 0-92 9.2 Ostertagia dikmansi Becklund and Walker, 1968 0-97 19.3 4* 0-169 54.0 Ostertagia mossi Dikmans, 1931 0-616 168.6 10* 37-1,264 474.6 Skrjablnagia odocoilei (Dikmans, 1931) 14-1,233 327.1 10* 245-2,165 921.5 Trlchostrongylus askivali Dunn, 1964 3* 0-388 94.0 Trichostrongijlus (ixei (Cobbold, 1879) 1* 0-122 12.2 Small Intestine Moniezia sp. 1 0-1 0.1 Capillaria bovis ( Schnyder, 1906) 0-1 0.2 6* 0-8 1.8 Cecum Trichuris sp. 0-1 0.1 Large Intestine Eucyathostomum ivcbbi Pursglove, 1976 0-7 1.4 Oesophagostomum oaniilosiim (Rudolphi, 1809) 0-103 13.4 t Only the abomasum of 5 of 10 deer were examined. * Representative specimens deposited in the National Parasite Collection, Beltsville, Maryland, as USDA Par. Coll. Nos. 67184-67197.

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTIIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

8: 381-383). New locality records were estab- This study was supported in part by an lished by the remaining deer helminth findings appropriation from the Congress of the United reported herein. States. Funds were administered and research Two New Jersey deer had mild, interstitial coordinated under the Federal Aid in Wild- pneumonia resulting from numerous, migrating life Restoration Act (50 Stat. 917) and through larvae of Parelaphostrongylus tennis and/or Contract No. 14-16-0008-707, Fish and Wild- P. andersoni in conjunction with Dictyocaulus life Service, U.S. Department of the Interior. vivipanis infections. Pleuritis and pulmonary adhesions were noted in both animals. A SAMUEL R. PURSGLOVE, JR. marked fibrinous peritonitis associated with a Southeastern Cooperative Wildlife severe Setaria yehi infection also was evident Disease Study in a young New Jersey deer. In addition, Department of Parasitology eosinophilic meningitis was associated with College of Veterinary Medicine Parelaphostrongylus tennis infections in two University of Georgia deer from Oklahoma. Athens, Georgia 30602

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME 44, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1977 109

PRESENTATION 1976 Anniversary Award of the Helminthological Society of Washington 501st Meeting, 15 October 1976 Dr. Leo A. Jachowski, Jr.

The Anniversary Award is presented to Dr. Leo A. Jachowski Jr. by Dr. George W. Luttemioser.

On behalf of the Helminthological Society, professional training in science began at the the Awards Committee and Executive Com- University of Maryland in 1937, and in 1939 he mittee have the pleasure of presenting the transferred to the University of Michigan 1976 Anniversary Award to Dr. Leo Jachowski. where he received his B.S. in 1941 and later The recipient has contributed significantly to his M.S., on a thesis which dealt with a prob- the science of Parasitology while carrying out lem on protozoa in sewage. In 1953 he earned a variety of related activities. Some of the his Sc.D. at the Johns Hopkins School of Hy- highlights of his career follow. giene and Public Health with thesis work on Dr. Jachowski was born in Baltimore County, filariasis. Maryland in 1918 and from his early boyhood In 1943, he entered the U. S. Navy as days he has been an active "naturalist". His Research Parasitologist and rose to the rank

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE IIELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY of Commander in the Medical Service Corps became full Professor in 1965. In addition while completing the research, administrative to his part in the development of a strong and teaching assignments which are briefly graduate program in parasitology at Mary- summarized as follows: land, Leo has maintained an open-door policy for the many graduate students he 1944—Instructor, Malariology, Naval Medical has guided and encouraged along with his School. other academic responsibilities. 1944-1948—Officer in Charge, Parasitology Research Program, Naval Medical Research In reports of original research, Dr. Jachowski Institute (NMRI): Investigations on insect has contributed significantly to basic knowledge repellents, vector biology and control and of several aspects of the field ecology of human survey of filariasis in. Samoa. filariasis and schistosomiasis, as well as life 1948-1950—Officer in Charge, Filariasis Re- cycle observations on zoonoses and on inter- search Unit on epidemiology and control, actions of concurrent parasitic infections. It Government of American Samoa. is appropriate to note that Dr. Jachowski was 1950-1957—Officer in Charge of Filariasis Re- the recipient of the American Society of Trop- search Unit, (NMRI), with evaluation of con- ical Medicine and Hygiene "Railey K. Ashford trol procedures in American Samoa including Award", in 1952, for epidemiological studies chemotherapy of infections and readings on 011 filariasis in Samoa and the Puerto Rican bionomics of mosquito vectors of disease. Bilharzia Committee "Isaac Gonzalez-Martinez 1957-1960—Officer in Charge of Navy Re- Award", 1959, for studies on the lab diagnosis search Unit and Department of Serology, of schistosomiasis. He has participated in Army Tropical Medical Research Lab in several WHO Workshop/Conferences on filar- San Juan, Puerto Rico. This period resulted iasis and was a U. S. Delegate in 1949 to the in reports with others on pathology and South Pacific Commission and a conference serology of filariasis, comparison of methods member in 1951. for diagnosis of schistosome infections and Dr. Jachowski is an active member of at host serologic reactions. least ten national/international scientific soci- 1960-1964—As Staff Member of the NMRI eties. Over the years he held the following until his retirement from the Navy in 1964, offices in the Helm. Soc.: Recording Secre- Jachowski extended his investigations on tary, Vice-President, President (1965-66) and diagnosis, host immunity in filariasis and Chairmanship of several committees. relationship of serological picture and im- In presenting this Anniversary Award to you, munity to schistosome infections in lab Dr. Leo Jachowski, the Helminthological Soci- animals. As a result of his service accom- ety formally recognizes your contributions to plishments, Dr. Jachowski received the Parasitology and to this Society. By your con- Commendation Ribbon with Pendant, Sec- retary of Navy, 1945 for research on filar- tinuous dedication to research and teaching iasis and also Commendation Ribbon with under diverse circumstances, you have accom- Pendant, Secretary of the Army, 1959 for plished most effectively the high achievements research on serology of parasitic diseases. for this award. We congratulate you. (Awards 1964—present. Joining the University of Mary- Committee: George W. Luttermoser, Chair- land Department of Zoology in 1964, he man, Richard L. Beaudoin, Halsey H. Vegors)

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington MEMBERS OF THE HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (Alabama through Mississippi; remainder of list will appear in July issue)

Alabama > ; ' ' Lee, Clarence -M. Oaks, J: A. Jacobs,-!.. !'~ .•' ' Bailey, W. S. Weafie, fi. C. Powell, E. C. \\, D,' RJones. , A. W. Cairns, E. J. Perry, Ray A. Kates.iK.C. Duncan, B. L.' - .; Redington, Bryce C, Ulmer, ; A. LeRoy, Jr. Dickerson, O^ J. ; . • • MacLean, Sharon VA. Crook, James -R. Bergner, J. F,, Jr. Hansen, M. F. Malakatis, G. M. Shults, L. M. Dunn, R. A. \, R. P. Watertpr, Jean - ;' McCullough, C. Williamson, F. S. L. tMcCullough, Maryah'ce Forrester, D. J. Kentucky , McDonald, Billy S., Jr. Arizona Grieve, R. B. Chapman, R. A. *McIntosh,A. Anderson, G. A. Hannon. C. I. Drudge, J. H. McLoughlin, D. K. j Wilkes, S. N. - Leigh, W. Henry Eversmeyer, H. E. Morris, J. A; / , •' O'Bannon, J, H. Harley, J. P. Munson, D. A. •- Arkansas Overman, Amegda J. Lyons, E. T. Nickle, W. R, ; Hoffman,xG. L. ;. . ...-• Perry, V. G. Whittaker, F. H, Novffla, M. N. . i California y . /Short, R. B. - Olsen, J. L. Smart, G. C., Jr. •Louisiana *Otto, G.F. /Baker, 'N.' F,- •' "~. *Taylor, A. L. ";__ Besch, E. D. -* * < . l?acheco, Nancy" D. ;Carney, W. P. Birchfield, W. r Philh'ps, B. P. Carr,, Walter E. Georgia . -Brown, Georgia R. . \ Pilitt, Patricia A.N Cross, John H. Ciordia, H. -\, F. A. Powers, K. G. Dailey, M. D. /^ Davidson, W. R; / r Gorkum, 'K. C. Rebois, R. V. f Hart, W.H. Denton, J; F. Eberhard, M. L. , : r Rew, Robert S. Fincher, G. T. •' Esslinger. J. H. Richards, C. S. Hass !D. K. Goodchild, C. G. Greer, G. J. -;•' Heyheman, D. ^- , ; Roby.T. O. v : Heard, R. W., Jr. Hollis, J. P., Jr. Romanowski, R. D. Kagan^I. G. Klei, IT. R. Rosenfield, A. / Jensen, Lauritz A. > Krissinger, ' W. A. Krassner,xS./M. 7 : A Little, M. D. I -..'' "i , ^Rozeboom, L. E. •JLrfCar," li. / ' LeFlore, W. 3. Lumsden, R. D. >'- Snwyer, T. K./ y -Lie, Kian-Joe/ Minton, N. A. Martin, W. J. \ fr Sayre, R; M. , '-'Maggenti, A.'R. ,-",-.., ' Powders, V. N. : Schiller, E. L. - ;Purseglove, Samuel ;Ri, 'Scott, J. A. Martin? W.'E. /Rana, S. S. Turner, H. M. .',,-.. Shaw, Judith H. 'Nahhas F. M. «•.' < "Rawson, Mac V.^ Jr. / \, L. G. Sheffield, H. G. Noel, G. R. •Ruehle, J.\L. :-. 'I Shiroishi, .Tsugiye Noffsinger, -Ella Mae Stewart, T. B. r ! Maine ^ Simpson, T. W. Olson, A. C,, Jr. Wehunt, -E. J. , i Meyer, M. C. Sprague, V. Paxman, G;-A.: '•Samuel, G. ;Steck, E, A. Poinar, G. O., Jr. Hawaii , :' '/.,': . '• '• ''*••'' ' ' • i- -'.*•. - StiDer,; David ">' . Bask), D. J. - • - Apt, W. J. , ; Maryland *Stirewalt, Margaret A. Rothman, A. H. .^— •• •Anderson, "William R. , Stringfellow, F. ' Schroeder, Paul •Idaho ../'. V"x , - 'Andrews, J. S. Traub, R. ^ S«n,.A. K. Kritsky, Delane C. /Bang, F. B. Tromba, F. G. " Siddiqui, I. A. /'/ .Leiby, P. D. Bawden, M. P. , Turner, J. H. \, P. C. Steele, A. E. Schell, S. C. x • '-Beacham, Bruce E.v .^ y an Gundy, S^'D. '-•• Beaudoin, R. L. , >/ -Wehr,vE. E. VigHerchio, D. R. .Illinois ')' Billeter, P. ,A. , •- V ^ Wergin, W.-P. ~J Voge, Marietta Ahem. W.'B. \, R. L. *von Brand, T. /i ;WJseman, H. G. , ; Wagner, E. D. >•' Burke,, J. C. Walker, Kl A. , Dunagan, T. T. ; , i ~ Cbeever, A. W. \ Mossachusetts ' ~ W.einmann, C. J/". / \ ColoradDyer,o W. G. *Chitwood, May B. ^ Boyd, Elizabeth M. , Edwards, D. I. Chiite, iA. M. Bruce, John I., Jr. Ehrenfprd, F. A. •f-Chute, M. Barry Byram, J. E., Ill Hathaway, Ronald P. / fGaroian, G. , Colglazier, M. L. -' /Campbell, R. /A. : Olsen, O. W. , O' \, G. D;. . Huizingai, . ' , H. W. Diamond, L. S. Hurley, F.T./ ' ' _Kruideriier, F. J. '.. . Doran, D. J. , ~s Riser, N. W. .~ ;' , Stabler, R.'M. ! •_.' Levine, N.,D. •• .Douvres, F. W. Miehiaan " • Malek.R. B. s '. •''' Edwards, Shirley J. ' Bird, G; W. - . Connecticut \- \ f- Miller, D. ' \M. Endo, B. Y. Blaiikespoor,. H. D. '' Gibb, Janet L. y ; Ridgeway, /B. J. - Enzie, F. D. ^ ' Clarke, M. D. > -, Huffman, Jane E. ' ' Seed.T.M. . IFarr, Marion M. .^ / i ' DeGiusti D. /"" • /James/Hugo A. „--' \Singer, 'Ira ;' •;'' • Fayer, R. i v '; _;',.. Penner, L. R. \Todd, K. S., Jr. / .— Feldmesser, J. , (< •^Dikmans,' G. ' \ •-'••" Folz, S. D. - '/' Pohley, W, T. ' Ferguson, M. S.' -- , Greene iL". K. Pondick,' Jeffrey Indiana / >*Foster, A. O. 'I Peters ' L E ' - ' '' Bois venue, R. J. ' l Frerichs, W. M. District of Columbia Buckner, R. L./ 'Friedman, H. C. Hechler -/ Schneider, C., R. „* Bier, Jeffrey W. r Cable, R.;M. Friedman, W. .. ,. ,-f Minnesota - v - *Buhrer, Edna M. Ferris, Virginia 'R. .: ' Gasbarre, xL. C. Ballard, N.^B. x '" Dooley, J. R. Kazacos, K. R. • 'Goldberg, Al - Vande Vusse, F. J. • >Duxbury. R. E. •'•'~4,- Thorson, R. E. Golden, A. M. - , Ericksori, D. G. Weinsteirt, P.- P. •. Gwadz, R. W. ' Mississippi Glaudel, R. J. Haley, A. J. ^Brooks, D.R./ • v Gore,R. W. .. • ~\ lowo ,'• - • • -' -.''/." Herlich.H. ' , ,- Cake,.E. W.VJr. / Greene, R. 'E. , -; \, W./Christensen D. , B. ,M. ^Herman, Carlton- M. Holder, Ray, Jr. 'Goss, p.;C. , Hood, Martha Walker ' Minchew, C. D. v , , , Jackson, G.' j. ,^ ,- Greve, J. H. Isenstein,-R. S. ; Overstreet, R. M; ,; , Kinnamon, K. E. r ; 'He'ndrickson, G./L- Jachowski, L. A.,-Jr. .WeDboni, T. L., Jr. •'''('" . , '-"; -- f.'i /'.- .. , • ,' r--""".' . -. ,, * Life Member \i ! T'V/'I '- ""^ //•:'' ' '' ' ( - \ ..„ _ '. , "•/' "•-- ' _; ** Honorary Member "*' ' , • ' - '-' ( •'' ' ' "". '- ' \> : ! '' , ", '''; •' ~fi ••'•-.• "• •. i •_ t Spouse Member ;, ' ,'{ '., - , ..-' / ' • -,\ . v;' / ' :••/ !•'>,-'; \'^~^ • ' " '"•> ' r •' •:••/•'.'• . '';'•' " " ;•;'' ,l*>- .. /' " '•. • ' -•: n ' '•''.''• 1 r/J ' t Life Member deceased '•- •'- ' r ". ' -'"v-1 i ALLEN^fRESS/INC LAWRENCE, KANSAS

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington VOLUME^ ',. '•;"-',; >,-• ; ;!/-'i .'/i/ JANUARY 1977 ;':' ";^.t -•••.* •' , NUMBER! ',- '•_••: .•/',' ••,'..' ' V"' '' ';' /'./•' ' " • ••'---.; • ' '•'••--' "''" r'v'.V _ "- (Continued Jrom Front Cover) / / BLANKESPOOR, HARVEY D. -Notes on the Biology of Plagiorchis noblei Park, 1936^ (Trematoda: Plagiorehiidae ) ^ — — ....------.— . ^.-,._...... _...------,------„..„..._ 44 BROOKS, DANIEL B. Six New Species of Tetraphyllidean Gestode§, r Including a New , CJenus, from a Marine Stingray Himantitra vchmardae (Werner, 1904) from \,i/ Colombia .__...._... .^—l— :-...-— —-^-,-____ _ — ivl~______....______:„...... ______L...... r J^51 BROOKS, DANIEL R. AND RICHARD W. HEARD III. Parasites of the Clapper Bail, Rallus ; ; longirostns Boddaert. III. Description of Notocotylus schmidti sp. n. (Digenea: Notocotylidae) — —^__ _ — .___ _:—....—.—.__.„ .------u J___ _ ,..L.^.______.._.,. ^____ _...:..i..:.. r... _-63 BROOKS, DANIEL R. AND MONTE A. ' MA YES./ Hymenolepis asketus sp. n. (Cestoidea: Hymenolepididae ) from the Short-tailed Shrew, Blarina brevicauda Say, from ^Nebraska .— — ..;'...... ______'—'.- —r - ..... — - ______:...„..„.._ „ ______C-Xi2_i i ______,::...... _ 60 DRONEN, NORMAN O. JR. Studies on the Population Structures of Two Species [of ,; Haematoloechus Looss, 1899 /(Digenea: Plagiorchiidae .) in Raniid Frogs in New r r \ , -iMexico , '...... _._-____ _ ...... ____ _ .------. n..__.._....j:.ri...------...... — .„______..„_. „____ _ „._.:... ' < :v 68 KBUSE, GUNTHER O. W. Some Digenetic Trematodes from Fishes \f the Bering S^a with^th e Descriptions of Prosorhyrichus mizettei sp. nA (Bucephalidae) and Psewdo- pecoelus nossamani sp. n. •.-,( Opecoelidae ) ------.f.,.-,,;-._L. ------... ..}. ------1. -----..J. ^ — .: — 73 STRiNGFELLOW,iviFRANK. Histochemical Studies of Abomasal Tissue from Calves wifli ? ;Mpnospecitic and/Dyal^Specie s T^e^^s^-^stertagiaostertagifand TrichQstrong- \ylus oxei .. ______— ,. ____L i ______' ______^..'..ti- — rr ____ . __, — ;— . ______'^.j. __,.-_.,..y_.-_ . ___ . ______i ______. ___ L... ___ •>- 76 ,/5ujLtrvAN, TAMES J; Revision of the Genus RouscfeieHa Babero) 1951 (Digenea: Plagi- y orchiidae ) with-a Redescription of 'R. .palmipeds CLvAz.,:lQZ8) ai. comb, from' Vene- j ' , zuelan 'Frogs •^.^...,J..:-...L,.j — ...... I..^.../..:^...... ^. — .i...j..i..^------.,..:.:....._ — — ...... 82 TERW^DOW, "HENRY A. JR. AJ>ID GEORGE B. CRAIG! JR. Develppment of ]Waltonella v /^actcao^fl, ;a Filariw Parasite of Rana catesbeiana, in \Aedes aegypti and Other , , Gulicine Mosquitoes ..„. — ...—: .-,—~ . — ...,^ ------1-~. ------...-.,-.„.„...... „. ------...... — ..^:.. '86 J^TuRNER, HUGH M. AND KENNETH C. COHKUM. i Allocdrrigia ftiiformis gen. et sp. n. '^[ (Trematoda: Picrocoeliidae,) from the Crayfish, iProcambarus:clarkii (Gii&i(3i,l852) 65 WiLLiAMs, /DENNIS D. Isoglandac^is chetekensis, sp. n. and I. wifcontinensis sp. n. (Gestoda: Garyophyllaeidae) from Red Cedar River, Wisconsin Gatostomid Fishes .... 9J \; - ••' v, --^ • > / .^ - - ,-\-.- \t-i. '. ^ . -7; v .r -/: /, ,,/; ;,. ' .. v\ _,. '-.'.•:.• •"/-:•• /RESEARCH N^OTES ! \ - '/ •". . - . * ', .,; '

V r i' COOPER, C. LAWRENCE, ROBERT 'R. .AS&MEAD Am) JOHN L. CRITES. 'Prevalence of / • Certain Endoparasitic Helminths of the Yellow Perch from Western Lake Erie ,,.. 96 •ERNST, JOHN V. AND CHARLES H. COURTNEY. Prepatent and Patent Periods >of^the v Bovine vCoceidium Evrneiria sitbiiphericd Christensen, 1941, with a 'Redescription of '-: (:•'•':':'^j ^^ the Sporulated Oocyst ... .—..;..——....-.;;,—^'-~<~-- ,—~~~ -—.—:„..—..:..L:, j S/7 ''I ;; 'MiNCHEw C. DOUGLAS. The Occurrence of a "Coiled" Metainicrocotyla macracantha ivW'L r^c.'•'•: on the Gills of the Mullet, M^gil cephalus .r.--...... _i,.__._.::.__. .._. __'_..+: 106 \ NpviLLA, M. N., R. P. KWAPIEN AND R. S. PENEYRA. Occurrence of Canine Hepato- L , r zooriosis in die Philippines . ~..— ^1—~—~— .._:....„—...... j.^ 99 > - , i OLSEN, O. WILFORD AND ROBERT E;. KUNTZ. Cestodes from Battus Fischer in Taiwan 101 PANFTZ, ERIC AND CAROL A. STAHL. Anticoccidial Activity of Flutamide (Sch 13521) • , against jEimerio tenella .^.v...... i.. _ .._...-.-+.•-._. T.....-:. „„...:„..... ,.._.^. 102 ^:x JPENCE, DANNY B. AND STANLEY-BlCKEL. Hehninths of Wild Turkeys in^Vest Texas—1 104 - , \, SAMUEL R. JR. Helminth-parasites of 'White-tailed Deer (Odocoileus \ from New Jersey and \pklahoma ...... i..^.^ 5:v.r.-..j_.:--..T.....l...... i;.._ 107

•'. '' •'-~^t\^i / i-'v--V -.:',\\" r- • "' " • ANNOUNCEMENTS / \.,y ''.'• ;:'^ ,: .; '••'^. ', "•.-"»--. Anniversary, Award for 1976 —1 ...—...... _...—_.....„±. >.—----_,„....;::____„; .„ 109 ^: ' | -Beltsyille Symposium on Biosystematics —;.:——..—^iL>..J L-.— ._...J.....r:—... _,._. 62 :\ i '^Editor's ^Nojte...... i...... —.^..i.^—....v.rJ..—_:: . ..._.iJ.._X- —— ~~-^ ";, '43 ';V/Jv.\" ..In::Memoriam'' —X;,L-^..a^__^ .•^.-.4 .-..-.:l-j-. :,, ...... ^...^.—, ..—:..^.....,^ ;59' <> ! New; Honorary Member ...... —.....j...^...... J...—...;.„——^.._:.—_._,.._,.__ r . '72 "', t\-';>7'~ New Life, 'Members -..i—..1. ..^.i.:.:.!.-:—._:—1 .—_&—__...-_.r...l_. 4: L^i •*; '50. uvj • ; , Reprints of "Identification of Parasitic rMetazoa in Tissue Sections" by M. B- Chitwiood ,;:;x-;,'.. • ,ov', ,\ >vand J.' R. Lichtenfels ...... r.^...... —_..::I.....L-.;.^.-..A ..-l.,.../.,...... i_L._^... \ 95

' }\.'i "•> )„' 'I"- '•;•- \f'^\] ''"'.* " ',,' r 'Date of publication, -18 March 4977 / .,'T v>. '^'•".•N ;' ^•r/"-0%-'-' '\';----';': -C'"':..v\j\-"v-'^'?'•*• I -'v •'••>,—-.-:'.-vVr-":-v ' ^"s ^ '- '• ; v "—-"''' —'•••''''-'""' >'"•' \:,'~\> '.\V ''>*: /f'' \-•-'.x'" <'-\ ^". V'- '"' -vi-/''•" ":-^'^\'\v> -•' 'v ^": .,'•''",' -: • v/•- +.' • ' • ' "N;"\- i *'• ' .• ( •: - •-'!-•-• '-'' '••••''. ''• -— • v -. . ''.';,••''."' 'i; - • . -' .-' % ;- • '• V1 ^ •.,.:''/•• V.; ''.~':<-j " '•'•'.'-..ALLEN PRESS, JNC. >' i*™** , LAWRENCE, KANSAS '• j" * ",\,

;..,' • v , -. •, ' • • . - \'•;';! ( v.-1- -I1)- ' A ! . ,-.:'• .-•' ... ,'-">• "* , "• ••.. "~ :• ••• '.,••<.- ^ . -^ . ' » , '., -xrl; /,. > \^.; JV- §•.''(>' .--j-.y:

v\i/:.'r"" ;'-i0VvVrX,'1,-;;^V'f'v :/,.>-

Copyright © 2011, The Helminthological Society of Washington